EIA Study for Development of Industrial Model Township (IMT) at Faridabad

Transcription

1 EIA Study for Development of Industrial Model Township (IMT) at Faridabad (FINAL REPORT) Project Proponent Haryana State Industrial & Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (HSIIDC) C 13-14, Corporate Office Building Sector-6, Panchkula Prepared By NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Shriram Institute for Industrial Research (A Unit of Shriram Scientific & Industrial Research Foundation) 19, University Road, Delhi

2

3

4

5

6 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Table of Contents Section Description Page 1. Introduction Purpose of the Report Identification of Project and Project Proponent Regulatory Framework Requirements of prior Environmental Clearance (EC) Approved TOR from MOEF Compliance with respect to the TOR issued by the EAC Organization of the Report General Project Description Preamble The Proposal for Development of IMT at Faridabad Infrastructure Development Proposal for Proposed Project Abstract of the Project Cost Description of the Environment Development of Environment Baseline Air Environment Selection of Sampling Locations for AAQ Monitoring Schedule Methodology for AAQ monitoring AAQ Data Interpretation Air Pollution Dispersion Modeling Meteorological Scenario Climatic Conditions of Faridabad Micro-meteorological monitoring Data in the vicinity of Proposed Project Site Noise Environment Community Noise Noise Levels for Residential, Commercial, Industrial & Silence Zones Study Area Noise Monitoring Methodology Noise Data Interpretation Water Environment Water Resources in the Project Area Water Demand & Supply in the Project Area Water Quality Assessment in the Project Area Wastewater Collection & Treatment Land Environment Faridabad Land Environment : Geography & Geology Landuse in the Project Area Soil Quality Socio-Economic Environment Context Baseline Information Demographic Structure Amenities available in the study area: Environmental Sensitivity in the Project Area Development of Socio-economic Index

7 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Section Description Page 3.9 Biological Environment Context Biological Impact Assessment Wild Life Management in District Faridabad National Park Wet Lands Floristic Composition (Composition & Condition of the Crop) Diversification of Species in District Faridabad Injuries to crops is liable to natural agencies like draught & frost Plantation done in Ballabhgarh & Faridabad under various schemes Terrestrial Flora Cultural Plant Communities Terrestrial Fauna Traffic Study Selection of Monitoring Locations: Methodology for Traffic Density Survey Data Interpretation of Traffic Density Survey Anticipated Environmental Impacts Impact Analysis Description of Environmental Impacts Statement of Environmental Impacts The overall pollution load & limits of the IMT and Faridabad Environmental Management Plan including Mitigation Measures, Environmental Monitoring Program And Project Benefit 5.1 The Objective of EMP Environment Management Plan for Proposed Project Impact Mitigation during Construction Phase Impact Mitigation during Operational Phase Management Plan for Handling Emergencies Post-Project Monitoring Organizational hierarchy for management of environment Environmental Management Budget EMP Benefits Project Benefits Public hearing Disclosure of Consultants Engaged List of Abbreviations Annexure-1 Copy of the approval of groundwater abstraction Annexure-2 Copy of the permission of solid waste disposal Annexure-3 Copy of the clearance from the Forest Department,Haryana Annexure-4 Copy of the permission to use energy/ power supply Annexure-5 Haryana Government Notifications u/s-4 & u/s-6 towards the Land Acquisition Act 1894 Annexure-6 HSIIDC Circuler towards Energy Conservation Measures Annexure-7 Copy of the proceedings of Public Hearing Annexure-8 Copies of the approvals/ accreditations of the consultant (SIIR) engages

8 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt List of Tables Table No. Description Page Table-1.2 Area statement of proposed project 1 Table-1.4 Criteria for environmental clearance 2 Table-1.6 Compliance with respect to the approved TOR 6-9 Table-2.2 (a) Landuse of Proposed Project Site 13 Table-2.2 (b) Detail of plots for proposed project 16 Table-2.3 (a) Information wrt Right of Way, Formation Width etc. 17 Table-2.3 (b) Benchmarking for electric load calculations 19 Table-2.3 (c) Load estimations for proposed project 19 Table-2.4 (a) Abstract of the project cost 21 Table-3.2 (a) Description of AAQ monitoring stations in the project area 30 Table-3.2 (b) Statistical Analysis of SPM Monitoring Data in Ambient Air 32 Table-3.2 (c) Statistical Analysis of RSPM Monitoring Data in Ambient Air 33 Table-3.2 (d) Statistical Analysis of SO2 Monitoring Data in Ambient Air 34 Table-3.2 (e) Statistical Analysis of NOx Monitoring Data in Ambient Air 34 Table-3.2 (f) Statistical Analysis of CO Monitoring Data in Ambient Air 35 Table-3.2 (g) Statistical Analysis of Hydrocarbon Monitoring Data in Ambient Air 36 Table-3.2 (h) SPM, RSPM, NO2 & SO2 data at AAQ-1 38 Table-3.2 (i) SPM, RSPM, NO2 & SO2 data at AAQ-2 38 Table-3.2 (j) SPM, RSPM, NO2 & SO2 data at AAQ-3 39 Table-3.2 (k) SPM, RSPM, NO2 & SO2 data at AAQ-4 39 Table-3.2 (l) SPM, RSPM, NO2 & SO2 data at AAQ-5 40 Table-3.2 (m) RSPM, NO2 & SO2 data at AAQ-6 40 Table-3.2 (n) AAQ data of Carbon monoxide Table-3.2 (o) AAQ data of Hydrocarbons Table-3.3 (a) Meteorological Scenario in the Faridabad region 62 Table-3.3 (b) Meteorological Scenario in the vicinity of proposed project site (Daily Mean Max/Min Temperature, RH & WS) Table-3.4 (a) Noise Level Criteria 83 Table-3.4 (b) Study area for Ambient Noise Level 83 Table-3.4 (c) Analysis of Ambient Noise Level data 84 Table-3.4 (d) Hourly Ambient Noise Level Data of Project Site 86 Table-3.5 (a) Water Quantity in Faridabad 87 Table-3.5 (b) Criteria for categorization of Assessment Units 88 Table-3.5 (c) Zoning of area for water supply 90 Table-3.5 (d) Daily Water Requirement 90 Table-3.5 (e) Sector wise landuse for water supply 91 Table-3.5 (f) Sector wise water demand for designated landuse 91 Table-3.5 (g) Net water demand & designated sources 91 Table-3.5 (h) Design of tubewells along the Mohna distributory & Agra canal 92 Table-3.5 (i) Design of Ranney wells & tubewells along river Yamuna 92 Table-3.5 (j) Zone wise water demand & capacity of UGT & OHSR 93 Table-3.5 (k) Description of Surface Water Sources Selected for the Study 95 Table-3.5 (l) Physical properties of water 97 Table-3.5 (m) Inorganic non-metallic properties in surface water 98 Table-3.5 (n) Toxic metals in water 99 Table-3.5 (o) Iron, Phenolic Substances, Cyanide, Anionic Detergents, Mineral Oil, Aluminum & 100 Boron in ground water Table-3.5 (p) Sodicity & Salinity Hazard Rating 100 Table-3.5 (q) Percent Sodium and SAR of Water 100

9 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Table No. Description Page Table-3.5 (s) Pollution Indicators of Water 101 Table-3.5 (t) Microbiological Quality of Water 101 Table-3.5 (u) Detailed Analysis Results of water (GW-1, GW-2 & GW-3) 102 Table-3.5 (v) Detailed Analysis Results of water (GW-4, GW-5 & GW-6) 103 Table-3.5 (w) Detailed Analysis Results of water (SW-1, SW-2, SW-3 & SW-4) 104 Table-3.6 (a) Wastewater generation during the operational phase of the proposed project 106 Table-3.6 (b) Design parameters for wastewater collection network 107 Table-3.6 (c) Characteristics of composite untreated effluent 108 Table-3.6 (d) Effluent discharge criteria 110 Table-3.7 (a) Landuse in 10 km buffer zone of the Project Area 113 Table-3.7 (b) Description of Soil Quality Sampling Locations for the Study 115 Table-3.7 (c) Test Methods/ Protocols for Soil Quality Analysis 116 Table-3.7 (d) Test Methods/ Protocols for Soil Quality Analysis 117 Table-3.7 (e) Soil Quality Rating for available nutrients & organic carbon 117 Table-3.7 (f) Soil Quality Results in Project Area (SQ-1 to SQ-5) 118 Table-3.8 (a) Population profile in the study area 120 Table-3.8 (b) Sex Ratio in the study area 121 Table-3.8 (c) Trend of SC/ST population in the study area 121 Table-3.8 (d) Trend of Literacy Rate (LR) in the study area 121 Table-3.8 (e) Population Density in the project area 122 Table-3.8 (f) Trend of WPR in the study area 124 Table- 3.8 (g) Occupation Structure in the Project Area 124 Table-3.8 (h) Environmental sensitivity analysis in the project area 125 Table-3.8 (i) Scale for Socio-economic Index Development (Population Density & Sex Ratio) 126 Table-3.8 (j) Scale for Socio-economic Index Development (Literacy Rate, Amenities & WPR) 127 Table-3.8 (k) Socio-economic Index Matrix 127 Table-3.8 (l) Socio-economic Index in the Project Area 127 Table-3.9 (a) Distribution of Forest Area in Faridabad District 129 Table-3.9 (b) Plantation done during (artificial regeneration) Table-3.9 (c) Plantation done during (artificial regeneration) Table-3.9 (d) Plantation done during (Strip Plantation) 133 Table-3.9 (e) Plantation done during (Ridge Plantation) 133 Table-3.9 (f) Plantation done during (Desert Control) Table-3.9 (g) Plantation done during (Social and Farm Forestry) 134 Table-3.9 (h) Plantation done during (Jatropha Plantation) 134 Table -3.9 (i) Terrestrial Flora in Study Area Table -3.9 (j) Food crops 138 Table -3.9 (k) Garden Plants 138 Table -3.9 (l) Fruit trees 138 Table -3.9 (m) List of terrestrial fauna of the study area 140 Table -3.9 (n) List of Avifauna of the Study Area 140 Table-3.10 (a) Criteria for computation of equivalent PCU 144 Table-3.10 (b) PCUs at TM-1 & TM Table-3.10 (c) Traffic Monitoring at station TM Table-3.10 (d) Traffic Monitoring at station TM Table-4.1 (a) Impact of IMT Faridabad on employment generation 153 Table-4.1 (b) Design features of the Right of Way 154 Table-4.1 (c) Load estimations as per lanuse 155 Table-4.2 (a) Baseline AAQ data at Core & Buffer Zones of Proposed Project Site 157 Table-4.3 (a) Potential impacts during construction phase of the project 162 Table-4.3 (b) Potential impacts during operational phase of the project

10 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Table No. Description Page Table-5.4 (a) Budget for solid wastes management for proposed project 173 Table-5.4 (b) Area under green belt in the proposed IMT at Faridabad 177 Table-5.4 (c) Budget for horticulture & roadside plantation for proposed project 178 Table-5.4 (d) Design of tubewells along the Mohna distributory & Agra canal 180 Table-5.4 (e) Design of Ranney wells & tubewells along river Yamuna 180 Table-5.4 (f) Budget for water supply source generation (Internal; 20%) for proposed project 183 Table-5.4 (g) Characteristics of composite equalized untreated/ raw effluent 184 Table-5.4 (h) Effluent discharge standards for treated effluent 188 Table-5.4 (i) Budget for CETP for proposed project 188 Table-5.4 (j) Area allocated for multi level parking & open spaces, idle parking etc. 192 Table-5.4 (k) Areawise benchmarking for electric load 194 Table-5.6 (a) Post-project Monitoring Schedule 203 Table-5.8 (a) Environmental Management Budget 204

11 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 1 of Purpose of the Report 1. INTRODUCTION The purpose of EIA/ EMP report is to reduce or/ minimize undesirable or negative impacts and to enhance the positive impacts due to the project activities based on the conductance of EIA study by analysing various environmental issues related to the proposed project activities. Every anthropogenic activity has some impact on the environment. The objective of EIA is, thus, to foresee the potential environmental problems that would arise out of a proposed development and address them in the project's planning and design stage. The EIA process should then allow for the communication of this information to: (a) The project proponent; (b) The regulatory agencies; and, (c) All stakeholders and interest groups. 1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent Haryana State Industrial and Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (HSIIDC) is the Project Proponent for the proposed project. In line with the Industrial Policy announced by the Government of Haryana, HSIIDC has decided to develop a new Industrial Model Township (IMT) at Faridabad. This IMT will be developed on the pattern of IMT Manesar (i.e. global market for industrial hub). It will have integrated sites for Industrial, Commercial & Institutional areas along with adjoining residential area for operational convenience & promoting walk-towork culture. This industrial township will be developed in sectors 66,67,68,68,70 &71 of the final development plan of Faridabad. Table-1.2 Area statement of proposed project Schedule of area Area in acre Sec-66 Sec-67 Sec-68 Sec-69 Sec-70 Sec-71 Agri Total Zone Total Area Area not in possession Area under Acquisition To be planned later Net area planned Type of Industries to come up in proposed IMT at Faridabad The project envisages the establishment of mainly pollution free industries based on advanced technologies. The spectrum of industries which are expected to come up in the proposed IMT Faridabad, would comprise of following type: General manufacturing Industry Garment industry Electronics and electricals Medical equipments Sports goods CNC machines Health care items Sheet metal components Auxiliary Industries. 1.3 Regulatory Framework The principal Environmental Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi. MoEF formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for the projects. Many State and Central legislation have a bearing on environmental issues but laws on "environment protection" have been notified from time to time.

12 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 2 of 210 Key Legislations in India There are various legal instruments at the National & State level, which address environmental management in some form or the other. The key legislations relevant to the project includes following: (a) The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (amended 1991) and following Rules there under: The Environment (Protection) Rules, The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 amended till date EIA Notification, 2006 amended till date. The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules 2000 (b) The Forest (Conservation) Act, (c) The Factories Act, 1948 (with latest amendments). (d) The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 (amended 2001). (e) The Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989 (amended 2005). (f) The Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991 (amended 1992). (g) The National Environment Tribunal Act, Requirements of prior Environmental Clearance (EC): The projects or activities requiring prior environmental clearance from the concerned regulatory authority, to be as the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests for matters falling under Category A in the Schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for matters falling under Category B in the said Schedule, before any construction work, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land, is started on the project or activity: (a) (b) (c) All new projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification; Expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification with addition of capacity beyond the limits specified for the concerned sector, that is, projects or activities which cross the threshold limits given in the Schedule, after expansion or modernization; Any change in product-mix in an existing manufacturing unit included in Schedule beyond the specified range. Table-1.4 Criteria for environmental clearance Project or Activity Category with threshold limit Conditions, if any A B 7 (c) Industrial estates/ parks/ If at least one Industrial estates Special condition shall apply complexes/ areas, Export industry in the housing at least one Processing Zones (EPZs), proposed industrial Category B industry Special Economic Zones and area <500 ha (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes estate falls under the Category A, entire industrial area shall be treated as Category A, irrespective of the area. Industrial estates with area greater than 500 ha and housing at least one Category B industry. Industrial estates of area > 500 ha and not housing any industry belonging to Category A or B Note: Industrial estate of area below 500 ha and not housing any industry of category A or B does not require clearance. If the area is less than 500 ha but contains building and construction projects > 50,000 sq.m and or development area more than 100 ha it will be treated as activity 8(a) or 8 (b) as the case may be.

13 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 3 of Approved TOR from MOEF To M/s Haryana State Industrial&Infrastructure Development Corporation C-13/14, Sec-6, Panchkula Haryana No /2007-IA.III Government of India Ministry of Environment & Forests (IA Division) By Speed Post Paryavaran Bhavan, C.G.O. Complex, Lodi Road, New Delhi Telefax.: Dated: June 20, 2008 Sub: TOR for EIA for development of industrial Estates of HSIIDC at IMT Faridabad, Haryana. Dear Sirs, The undersigned is directed to refer to your communication no. HSIIDC: FBD: 2007:1274 dated March 24, 2008 regarding the subject mentioned above. 2. The proposal is for development of industrial Estates of HSIIDC at Sector-66, 67, 68, & 69, IMT Faridabad, Haryana at a cost of Rs crore. The total plot area is 1833 acres (742 ha). Total water requirement is KLD. The land will be prepared for establishment of industries based on advanced technologies Viz. automobile, fabrication, CNC, corrugation, packaging, screen printing machine, general heavy engineering and auxiliary industries. Apart from it, common facilities for transport, communication, drainage system, water? wastewater facilities, solid waste disposal system, sewage treatment plant, hazardous wastewater management, rain water harvesting etc. will be provided. 3. The Expert Appraisal Committee for environmental appraisal of Construction projects and industrial estates considered the project during its 27 th and 30 th meetings held in February 28-29,and May 23-24, 2008 respectively. Based on the consideration of the documents submitted and the presentation made by the project proponent, the Committee prescribed the Terms of Reference (TORs) for preparing EIA report for the above mentioned project as per enclosed annexure. 4. After preparing the EIA (as per the generic structure prescribed in Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006) covering the above mentioned issues, the proponent will take further necessary action for obtaining environmental clearance in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, (K. C. RATHORE) Additional Director (IA) Copy to: 1. The Secretary, Department of Environment, Government of Haryana, Secretariat Building, Panchkula, Haryana. 2. The Member Secretary, Haryana Pollution Control Board, Panchkula, Haryana. 3. The CCF, Regional Office, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Chandigarh. 4. IA - Division, MOEF, Paryavaran Bhawan, CGO Complex, New Delhi. 5. Guard file (K.C. RATHORE) Additional Director (IA)

14 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 4 of 210 Annexure Terms of Reference (TOR) for Environmental Impact Assessment The approved TOR for the Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment (REIA) study of the proposed development of industrial Estates at IMT Faridabad, Haryana is given below: 1. The study area should cover an area of 10 km radius around the proposed site. 2. Location of any National Park, Sanctuary, Elephant / Tiger Reserve (existing as well as proposed), migratory routes, if any, within 10 km of the project site shall be specified and marked on the map duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden. 3. Land requirement for the project to be optimized. Unit Item wise break up of land requirement and its availability to be furnished including for STP/CETP secured land fill site etc. 4. Provide comprehensive details of the following: a. planned activities, b. support facilities, c. environmental management utilities i. drainage system ii. water conservation measures iii. sewage treatment iv. effluent treatment v. solid waste management vi. effluent recycling and discharge vii. hazardous waste management & handling, disposal viii. landscape development ix. energy conservation measures x. odor management d. project layout, e. site location maps, f. logistic hub/ parking details g. transportation facilities, h. residential and other community facilities etc. i. overall carrying capacity of the environment. 5. Detailed description of the existing environmental conditions shall be provided covering physical, biological and socio-economic attributes. a. A detailed description of the existing land use (supported by satellite imagery), soil characteristics/ geology in the study area shall be covered in it. Special emphasis shall be placed on drainage patterns. b. The soil of the area shall be tested from 5-6 locations in the project area. c. Water quality(ground/surface) and Wastewater Quality study at project area(8 sources). Sampling frequency: Grab(once during the study period); Test Parameters: Ph, temperature, turbidity, hardness, Ca, Mg, Cl, SO4, NO3, F, Na, K, Alkalinity, T-N, T-P, DO, BOD, COD, Phenol, Heavy/ Toxic Metals(Pb, Cd, Zn, Cu, Cr, As, Hg, Se), Total Coliform. d. Water quality of nearby River, if any, Source of water supply and nearby water ponds shall be analyzed. e. Climatic conditions of the study area shall be monitored for hourly wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, ambient dry and wet bulb temperatures and precipitation. f. Ambient air quality in the study area would be monitored at 6 locations on twice a week for 12 weeks (one season) for SPM, RSPM, SO2, HC, CO, NOx. One complete season AAQ data (except monsoon) to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The location of the monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. There should be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. g. Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling should also be provided. The air quality contours may be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. The wind roses should also be shown on this map. h. Noise levels at site and ambient noise levels in the nearby villages, National Highway and State Highway as well as project site shall be monitored to set up baseline noise levels. For this, noise level monitoring shall be conducted during day and nighttime. Traffic density and noise at the connecting road to State Highway. i. Identification of existing potential sources of pollution like industries in the study area. j. Examine the feasibility of zero discharge. In case of any proposed discharge, its quantity, quality and point of discharge, users downstream etc. should be provided. k. Identification of available facilities for solid waste management near the project location. l. Identification of municipal solid waste disposal facilities in the near by area. m. Details of existing water supply, rail and road networks. n. Availability of water, power, and other raw material etc. and their actual demands, vis a vis constraints. Commitment regarding availability of requisite quantity of water from the competent authority. o. A detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) of the area shall be given in the environmental assessment report.

15 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 5 of 210 p. Present and projected population; present and proposed land use; planned development activities, issues relating to squatting and relocation, community structure, employment, distribution of income, goods and services; recreation; public health and safety; cultural peculiarities, aspirations and attitudes shall be explored in study. q. The historical importance of the area shall also be examined in the study. While this analysis is being conducted, it is expected that an assessment of public perception of the proposed development be conducted. r. Details regarding availability of social infrastructure and future projections, details of facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 6. Environmental condition scenarios shall be developed based on industrial activities and pollution potentials. 7. Two different kinds of scenarios shall be studied to work out techno-economically feasible model of the R&R policy of the State. 8. Each industrial activity shall be defined with respect to its manufacturing process, product, material balance, waste generation, treatment and its disposal. 9. The mass balance for each type of industry giving material in and out etc. shall be taken into account. Planning of industries with respect to flow of goods and services in sequential order and workout production figures with respect to utilization of automatic and labour intensive technology. 10. Cumulative impact on regional supportive capacity shall be studied in terms of population density, water supply, sewerage, storm water drainage, power supply, educational facilities, medical facilities, public transport, traffic, housing for EWS, and communities facilities etc. 11. All kind of resources both renewable and non-renewable shall be taken into account 12. The environmental impacts shall be identified for construction and operation stages of the project. 13. Major environmental issues of concern shall be discussed in the environmental assessment report. Identified potential impacts could be: a. Air Pollution due to industrial, construction activities & transportation of goods and material b. Change in drainage pattern c. Change in landscape d. Water Pollution due to industrial and domestic wastewater e. Pollution of potable, surface, groundwater water bodies f. Increase in Noise Levels g. Generation of Solid & Hazardous Waste h. Socio-economic and cultural impacts i. Impact on Flora & Fauna j. Odor problem due to industrial activity 14. The impacts shall be distinguished between significant positive and negative impacts, direct and indirect impacts. 15. Project activities and impacts shall be represented in matrix form with separate matrices for pre and post mitigation scenarios. 16. Measures shall be prepared for avoiding, as far as possible, any adverse impacts due to proposed development. 17. Identification of the industries, which should be avoided in the industrial estate. 18. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP), specifying stage of implementation, time frame, responsibility and resources shall also be prepared along with basic designs drawings, cost estimates and implementation logistics for environmentally balanced industrial complexes, rain water harvesting, waste water recycling, site flooding mitigation plan, landscaping and green belt, use of eco friendly building material, use of solar energy for streetlights, use of wind/ biomass as resource, energy conservation as per ECBS norms, fire prevention & control plan and traffic management plan. 19. An outline-monitoring programme for construction and operation stage shall also be developed. 20. The monitoring programme shall include the parameters to be monitored with frequency, locations and reporting. 21. A detailed environmental budget and green belt development proposal would also be presented. 22. Besides the above, the following general points will be followed: - (a) All documents to be properly referenced with index, page numbers and continuous page numbering. (b) Where data is presented in the report especially in table, the period in which the data was collected and the source should invariably be indicated. (c) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation should be provided. (d) The CETP may be planned after carefully studying the need to have such common facility indicating the capacity and technology proposed to be adopted. Plan shall be prepared taking in to account water conservation, energy consumption and conservation plan. Energy efficient and cost effective technology should be identified. Special emphasis should be given for identification of group/mix of industries while designing the CETP so as to meet the stipulated standards brought out by MOEF (CPCB)/SPCB. (e) Explore possibility of utilizing waste of one unit as raw material for the other units. (f) Chemical emergency response and rescue system proposed may be indicated including onsite and offsite disaster management plans. ******

16 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 6 of Compliance with respect to the TOR issued by Expert Appraisal Committee Table-1.6 TOR Item/ Points 1. The study area should cover an area of 10 km radius around the proposed site. 2. Location of any National Park, Sanctuary, Elephant / Tiger Reserve (existing as well as proposed), migratory routes, if any, within 10 km of the project site shall be specified and marked on the map duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden. 3. Land requirement for the project to be optimized. Unit Item wise break up of land requirement and its availability to be furnished including for STP/CETP secured land fill site etc. Compliance with respect to the TOR Compliance Status EIA study has been undertaken in 10-km buffer zone of the project site. Survey of India toposheet (1:50000) indicating core zone and 10-km buffer zone is appended in Chapter-2. There is no National Park, Sanctuary, Elephant / Tiger Reserve (existing as well as proposed), migratory routes within 10 km of the project site. Toposheet is given in Chapter-2. Settelite Imagery is given in Chapter-3.9. A letter from Forest Department, Haryana is given in Annexure-3. Landuse is strictly as per the Master Development Plan. Layout of the project site as well as break-up of proposed landuse is given in Chapter Provide comprehensive details of the following: Details of planned & support activities are given in a. planned activities Chapter-2. b. support facilities c. environmental management utilities Environmental management utilities such as i. drainage system Drainage system, water conservation measures, ii. water conservation measures sewage & effluent treatment, solidwaste iii. sewage treatment management, effluent recycling and discharge, iv. effluent treatment hazardous waste management, landscape v. solid waste management development, energy conservation measures and vi. effluent recycling and discharge odour management are given in Chapter-5. vii. hazardous waste magmt & handling, disposal viii. landscape development ix. energy conservation measures x. odor management d. project layout Project layout is given in Chapter-2 e. site location maps Site location map is given in Chapter-2 f. logistic hub/ parking details Parking details are given in Chapter-2 & Chapter-5. g. transportation facilities Transportation facilities including road network is given in Chapter-2. h. residential and other community facilities etc. Residential & other community facilities are covered in Chapter-2 & Chapter-5. i. overall carrying capacity of the environment Overall carrying capacity inclusive of supportive & assimilative capacities covered in Chater Detailed description of the existing environmental conditions shall be provided covering physical, biological and socio-economic attributes. a. A detailed description of the existing land use (supported by satellite imagery), soil characteristics/ geology in the study area shall be covered in it. Special emphasis shall be placed on drainage patterns. b. The soil of the area shall be tested from 5-6 locations in the project area. c. Water quality (ground/surface) and Wastewater Quality study at project area(8 sources). Sampling frequency: Grab(once during the study period); Test Parameters: Ph, temperature, turbidity, hardness, Ca, Mg, Cl, SO4, NO3, F, Na, K, Alkalinity, T-N, T-P, DO, BOD, COD, Phenol, Heavy/ Toxic Metals(Pb, Cd, Zn, Cu, Cr, As, Hg, Se), Total Coliform. Chapter-3 gives the illustration in detail about the existing environmental conditions inclusive of physical, biological and socio-economic attributes. The detailed description of existing landuse is given in Chapter-3.7. SOI topsheet is given in Chapter-2 and Chapter-3.9. The geological features are given in Chapter-3.5 and soil characteristics are given in Chapter-3.7. The soil quality in core zone and buffer zone of the project site has been analysed and data is presented in Chapter-3.7. The water quality of various sources (10 Nos.) has been analysed in core and buffer zone of the project site. The water quality analysis data along with interpretation is presented in Chapter-3.5.

17 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 7 of 210 d. Water quality of nearby River, if any, Source of water supply and nearby water ponds shall be analyzed. e. Climatic conditions of the study area shall be monitored for hourly wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, ambient dry and wet bulb temperatures and precipitation. f. Ambient air quality in the study area would be monitored at 6 locations on twice a week for 12 weeks (one season) for SPM, RSPM, SO 2, HC, CO, NO x. One complete season AAQ data (except monsoon) to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The location of the monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. There should be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. g. Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling should also be provided. The air quality contours may be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. The wind roses should also be shown on this map. h. Noise levels at site and ambient noise levels in the nearby villages, National Highway and State Highway as well as project site shall be monitored to set up baseline noise levels. For this, noise level monitoring shall be conducted during day and nighttime. Traffic density and noise at the connecting road to State Highway. i. Identification of existing potential sources of pollution like industries in the study area. j. Examine the feasibility of zero discharge. In case of any proposed discharge, its quantity, quality and point of discharge, users downstream etc. should be provided. k. Identification of available facilities for solid waste management near the project location. l. Identification of municipal solid waste disposal facilities in the near by area. The water quality of river Yamuna along with the water quality of Agra Canal u/s and d/s has been analysed and data along with the interpretation is presented in Chapter-3.5. Data of the climatic condition of study area (hourly readings for three months) with respect to temperature, RH, wind direction, wind speed are presented in Chapter-3.3. Month wise rainfall data of five years is also given from IMD source. Ambient Air Quality in the core and buffer zone of the project site has been monitored for twice in a week for 12 weeks (one non-monsoon season) for all the relevant parameters. Location map along with the data compilation and interpretation is given in Chapter-3.2. AAQ locations include the pre-dominat wind direction and sensitive receptors. Location description is fixed with the latitudes and longitudes. ISCST3 EPA approved model has been used for aaaaaaaaair pollution dispersion modeling which uses the steady-state Gaussian Plume equation for continuous elevated sources. The sources coordinates include down-wind, cross-wind and vertical directions. 1 st highest 1-hr average GLC and 2 nd highest 1-hr GLC are estimated and presented along with the contours in Chapter Month wise windrose diagrams along with the data analysis are presented in Chapter-3.3. The Ambient Noise level has been monitored in the core zone and buffer zone of project site. The data alongwith the interpretation has been presented in chapter-3.4. Traffic density data, which has been monitored on hourly basis for 24-hours, is presented along with interpretation and graphical presentation in Chapter Details are provided in Chapter-4 & 5. Details are provided along with the Water Balance Diagram in chapter-5. Details are provided along with the plan and budget in chater-5. The Municipal Solid Waste disposal facility has been identified. The permission for the disposal of MSW has also been obtained from the Municipal Corporation of Faridabad. The copy of permission letter is given in Annexure-2. m. Details of existing water supply, rail and road networks. Details are given in Chapter-2 & 5. Maps of Water Supply Network, Storm Water Drainage and Road Network are also appended. n. Availability of water, power, and other raw material etc. and their actual demands, vis a vis constraints. Commitment regarding availability of requisite quantity of water from the competent authority. o. A detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) of the area shall be given in the environmental assessment report. Details are given in Chapter-2 & 5. Permission for water withdrawal has also been obtained from the competent authorities (copy appended in Annexure- 1) The detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial & aquatic) are given in the Chapter-3.9.

18 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 8 of 210 p. Present and projected population; present and proposed land use; planned development activities, issues relating to squatting and relocation, community structure, employment, distribution of income, goods and services; recreation; public health and safety; cultural peculiarities, aspirations and attitudes shall be explored in study. q. The historical importance of the area shall also be examined in the study. While this analysis is being conducted, it is expected that an assessment of public perception of the proposed development be conducted. r. Details regarding availability of social infrastructure and future projections, details of facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 6. Environmental condition scenarios shall be developed based on industrial activities and pollution potentials. Demographic data in detail alongwith data analysis with respect to various socio-economic attributes are presented in Chapter-3.8. Attributes like connectivity, power supply, P&T services, drinking water, educational facilities, medical facilities etc. are also assessed and are included in the socioeconomic index of the area. Environmental sensitivity analysis has been done and details are provided in the Chapter-3.7 Details of social infrastructure together with wor participation rate are given in Chapter-3.7. Details regarding availability of social infrastructure for labour force during the construction period of the project are provided in Chapter-5. Detailed environmental conditions scenarios are discussed in Chapter Two different kinds of scenarios shall be studied to work out techno-economically feasible model of the R&R policy of the State. 8. Each industrial activity shall be defined with respect to its manufacturing process, product, material balance, waste generation, treatment and its disposal. 9. The mass balance for each type of industry giving material in and out etc. shall be taken into account. Planning of industries with respect to flow of goods and services in sequential order and workout production figures with respect to utilization of automatic and labour intensive technology. 10. Cumulative impact on regional supportive capacity shall be studied in terms of population density, water supply, sewerage, storm water drainage, power supply, educational facilities, medical facilities, public transport, traffic, housing for EWS, and communities facilities etc. 11. All kind of resources both renewable and non-renewable shall be taken into account 12. The environmental impacts shall be identified for construction and operation stages of the project. 13. Major environmental issues of concern shall be discussed in the environmental assessment report. Identified potential impacts could be: a. Air Pollution due to industrial, construction activities & transportation of goods and material R&R aspects are given in Chapter-2 and Chapter-5. Industrial activities along with the size of industries expected to come up in the IMT are given in Chapter-2. Detailed description and type of industries are discussed in the Chapter-2. Cumulative impact analysis has been done and is reported in Chapter-4. All kind of resources both renewable and nonrenewable are taken into account. Details are presented in Chapter-5. The Environmental Impacts are identified both during construction and operation phase of the project and are reported in Chapter-4. All major issues of concerns were considered during the environmental impact analysis and are reported in Chapter-4 Air pollution scenarios are considered due to various activities in detailed impact analysis. b. Change in drainage pattern Drainage pattern has been considered c. Change in landscape Landscape has been taken into account d. Water Pollution due to industrial and domestic wastewater e. Pollution of potable, surface, groundwater water bodies Detailed impact analysis has been done related to water and water pollution aspects. f. Increase in Noise Levels Impact analysis due to noise has been considered g. Generation of Solid & Hazardous Waste Impacts due to solid & hazardous wastes have been considered. h. Socio-economic and cultural impacts Socio-economic & cultural aspects are taken into consideration in impact analysis. i. Impact on Flora & Fauna Impacts on flora & fauna are studies. j. Odor problem due to industrial activity Impacts due to odour have been considered.

19 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 9 of The impacts shall be distinguished between significant positive and negative impacts, direct and indirect impacts. 15. Project activities and impacts shall be represented in matrix form with separate matrices for pre and post mitigation scenarios. 16. Measures shall be prepared for avoiding, as far as possible, any adverse impacts due to proposed development. 17. Identification of the industries, which should be avoided in the industrial estate. 18. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP), specifying stage of implementation, time frame, responsibility and resources shall also be prepared along with basic designs drawings, cost estimates and implementation logistics for environmentally balanced industrial complexes, rain water harvesting, waste water recycling, site flooding mitigation plan, landscaping and green belt, use of eco friendly building material, use of solar energy for streetlights, use of wind/ biomass as resource, energy conservation as per ECBS norms, fire prevention & control plan and traffic management plan. 19. An outline-monitoring programme for construction and operation stage shall also be developed. 20. The monitoring programme shall include the parameters to be monitored with frequency, locations and reporting. 21. A detailed environmental budget and green belt development proposal would also be presented. 22. Besides the above, the following general points will be followed: - (a) All documents to be properly referenced with index, page numbers and continuous page numbering. (b) Where data is presented in the report especially in table, the period in which the data was collected and the source should invariably be indicated. (c) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation should be provided. (d) The CETP may be planned after carefully studying the need to have such common facility indicating the capacity and technology proposed to be adopted. Plan shall be prepared taking in to account water conservation, energy consumption and conservation plan. Energy efficient and cost effective technology should be identified. Special emphasis should be given for identification of group/mix of industries while designing the CETP so as to meet the stipulated standards brought out by MOEF (CPCB)/SPCB. (e) Explore possibility of utilizing waste of one unit as raw material for the other units. (f) Chemical emergency response and rescue system proposed may be indicated including onsite and offsite disaster management plans. All positive and negative impacts are considered and analysed. Impact analysis included potential impacts, sources and safeguard measures. Details are reported in the Environmental Management Plan in Chapter-5. The size and type of industries have been identified. Details given in Chapter-2. Detail Environmental Management Plan covering all these aspects are given in Chapter-5 Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Operational Phase of trhe project has been delineated. Environmental Monitoring Plan includes activity to be monitored, parameters, frequacy etc. Environmental Budget including that for the development and maintenance of green belt is reported in Chapter-5. All documents are properly referenced with index, page numbers and continuous page numbering. Source of data has been mentioned in case where secondary data has been used. EIA/EMP report is written in English language only. The planning of CETP has been done very carefully considering the proposed load in future. CETP layout is given. Cost of CETP (capital & recuurent is given). CETP design meets all the stipulated criterias of MOEF/CPCB. Such kind of possibilities will be explored during the operational phase of the project. Management plan for handling emergencies is given in Chapter-5.

20 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 10 of Organization of the Report This Rapid EIA/EMP Report is based on the primary data generated and secondary data collected in the vicinity of the proposed project. The present report contains compilation of data collected/ generated as well as data collation and its interpretation with regulatory guidelines. Generic structure of the present report includes following chapters in nutshell: Chapter- 1 : Introduction This chapter provides general information pertaining to purpose of the report, identification of project and project proponent. It also includes scope of study as well as regulatory scoping and organization of the report. Chapter- 2 : Project Description This chapter provides background information of the proposed project, brief description and objectives of the project and description of the area. It also provides information with respect to major thrust areas of the proposed project. Chapter- 3 : Description of Environment Details in pertinent to study area, component of environment studied as well as the methodologies followed have been illustrated in this chapter. Baseline Status of Environment This chapter describes the baseline environment of the project area based on primary data generated and secondary data collected. Baseline data includes areas like Air Environment, Micrometeorology, Traffic, Noise, Water Environment, Land Environment, Biological Environment and Socio-econoic Environment. Data generated/ collected in context to above components of environment is collated and interpreted with respect to available regulatory requirements. Chapter- 4 : Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Analysis of Alternatives This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment with and without project and project with EMP. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed project and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. Chapter- 5 : Environmental Management Plan including Mitigation Measures, Environmental Monitoring Program and Project Benefits This chapter provides recommendations for Environmental Management Plan (EMP) including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of the project, if any. Environmental monitoring requirements for effective implementation of mitigative measures during construction as well as during operation of the project along with required institutional arrangements for their implementation. Chapter-6 : Public Consultation/ Public Hearing This chapter provides details of Public Hearing conducted at site along with suggestions, objections, remarks etc. obtained from general public together with the action plan of the Project Proponent to address the issues raised during the Public Hearing/ Consultaion. Chapter- 7 : Disclosure of Consultants Engaged This chapter describes the general profile of consultantancy organization.

21 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 11 of Preamble 2. General Project Description In the pursuit of prosperity in Haryana, pioneering role has been played by the Haryana State Industrial and Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (HSIIDC). One of the leading contributors to the well being and progress of the State, HSIIDC has been instrumental in bringing about a major change in the people of Haryana over the years. The pioneering zeal of HSIIDC has facilitated the transformation of Haryana from a primarily agrarian society to one of the most highly industrialized States of modern India. HSIIDC was setup in 1967 for promoting medium and large-scale industries so as to ensure balanced regional development of Haryana, by acting as an institutional entrepreneur and a financial institution. HSIIDC serves as the single most important platform for providing services in the following areas: Providing financial assistance by way of term loans, equipment re-finance/equipment leasing and working capital. Infrastructural development in the State of Haryana. Performing Agency functions on behalf of the State Government. Performing Agency functions for entrepreneurs and established industries for enhancement of capacity/ modernization. HSIIDC is a Public Limited Company wholly owned by the Government of Haryana, set up as a catalyst for promoting and accelerating the pace of industrialization in the State. The corporation provides a wide spectrum of financial services under one roof-the concept being "Total Financial Support" for its clientele. Being an intrinsically customer-oriented organization, HSIIDC has often gone beyond the call of duty in helping to give concrete shape to the destiny and vision of thousands of entrepreneurs. It has generally taken on the role of a trusted friend and guide, providing crucial support and most important of all, created an environment where nascent projects are able to attain their function and become vibrant industries. 2.2 The Proposal for Development of Industrial Model Township (IMT) at Faridabad In line with the Industrial Policy announced by the Government of Haryana, HSIIDC has decided to develop a new Industrial Model Township (IMT) at Faridabad. This IMT will be developed on the pattern of IMT Manesar (i.e. global market for industrial hub). It will have integrated sites for Industrial, Commercial & Institutional areas along with adjoining residential area for operational convenience & promoting walk-to-work culture. This industrial township will be developed in sectors 66,67,68,68,70 &71 of the final development plan of Faridabad. (a) Land Acquisition for Proposed Project In pursuance of the Government Notification No. 2/6/15-I-IB-II-06 dated ,published in Government Gazette dated , u/s-4 of the Land Acquisition Act 1894 (hereinafter

22 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 12 of 210 referred to as the Act) and declared vide notification No. 2/6/15-I-IB-II-06 dated , u/s-6 of the Land Acquisition Act 1894 thereinafter published in Government Gazette dated , the government acquired 1784 acres 0 kanal 2 marla of land in villages Chandwali- 86, Machgarh-83, Mujeri-81, Navada Tigaon-84, Unchagaon-76 & Sotai-73 of Ballabhgarh & Faridabad at public expense, for public purpose namely for the development of Industrial Model Township in Sector-66 to 69 of Faridabad district. The award of above said land was announced on , & by District Revenue Officer-cum-Land Acquisition Collector, Faridabad. A sum of Rs crores was paid through LAC as compensation to the owners of the land. HSIIDC has taken the physical possession of the above said land on , & The details of award announced in respect of above land of IMT Faridabad by DRO-cum-LAC, Faridabad vide his office letter Endst. 1-6, 7-12, 13-18, 19-24, 25-30, dated The proposed development of IMT at Faridabad would be in adherence with the Master Plan-2011 of Faridabad, issued by Dept. of Town & Country Planning, Haryana, copy of which has been enclosed in annexure. (b) Landuse of Proposed Project Site HSIIDC proposes to develop IMT Faridabad as the most modern industrial township with international level of environmental friendly infrastructure. Total area in Sector-66,67,68, 69,70 & 71 is acre out of which acre area has already been acquired by HSIIDC for the purpose of development of IMT. Out of the area acquired, acre has been planned and acre would be planned later on. Sector wise spectrum of net area planned is presented in following graph. Sec-71 9% Agri Zone 11% Sec-66 11% Sec-67 10% Sec-70 6% Sec-69 28% Sec-68 25%

23 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 13 of 210 Table-2.2 (a) Landuse of Proposed Project Site Schedule of area Area in acre Sec-66 Sec-67 Sec-68 Sec-69 Sec-70 Sec-71 Agri Total Zone Total Area Area not in possession of HSIIDC Area under Acquisition To be planned later Net area planned Area under industrial plots Area under group housing residential use Area under institutional use Area under commercial use Area under public utilities, public building etc. Area under multi level parking Area under green belts Area under open spaces, idle parking, roads etc Out of net area planned, 28% area is in Sec-69 and 25% is in Sec-68, while in sectors 66, 67, 70 & 71 the area constitutes 11%, 10%, 6% & 9% respectively. However, 11% area is in agriculture zone. Total area under industrial plots is acre, out of which acres lies in sec-68, acres in sec-69, acres in sec-71, acres in sec-67, acres in agriculture zone and 3.50 acres in sec-70. Sec-66 does not have any area which is proposed for industrial plots. The area under the group housing residential use is acres which is in sec-69. The area for the purpose of institutional use is acres out of which 39.0 acre is in sec- 70 while 30.3 acres is in sec-68. The area under public utilities and public buildings would be acres, out of which acres is in sec-69, acres in the agriculture zone, 17.6 acres is in sec-71 and 14.1 acres is in sec-70. The area allocated for multi level parking would be acres, which is distributed in sec- 68, sec-69, sec-70 and sec-71. Every sector has the area allocated for the development of green belt with maximum acres in sec-68 and minimum 5.42 acres in agriculture zone. Total area allocated for the development of green belt is acres. Total area allocated under open spaces, idle parking and area under roads development would be acres. In sec-66 it is acres, which is maximum while in sect-70, it is minimum (11.04 acres).

24 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 14 of 210 Open spaces, idle parking, roads etc. 36% Industrial plots 31% Institutional use 4% Green belts 11% Multi level parking 1% Commercial use 7% Public utilities, public building etc. 5% Group housing residential use 5% (c) Site Analysis of Proposed Project (IMT Faridabad) Faridabad being the industrial hub of Haryana has tremendous scope of extension of industries. Specially in view of the fact that there are number of industries located in the residential zones, which needs to be shifted to confirming areas. In view of the state s New Industrial Policy, more industrial areas needs to be developed to cater the escalating demand. In addition, following are the driving factors for the development of IMT Faridabad. Proximity to the National Capital Good connectivity High income levels in the state/ region Proximity to industries being within the industrial hub i.e Faridabad/ Corporates in the NCR. Focus on attracting investment in the state. Responsive administration Good law and order situation State focus on industrialization However, following areas needs attention to make it the most modern industrial township Convenient & flexible regulatory framework Ensure administrative autonomy State-of-the-art infrastructure with power back-up, IT connectivity, etc. In short, a self contained industrial township, which can help attract and retain the best industries. Simplified procedures at various stages. Fiscal and other incentives to institutions. Improve existing connectivity through MRTS etc. Create specialized infrastructure to meet specific requirements of developers/ investors/ institutions. Create a flexible environment so as to establish comfort among prospective stakeholders.

25 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 15 of 210 Faridabad being an important town in closer proximity to Delhi, has an advantage of being connected at national and regional level. The site is generally flat at reduced level ranging between 196 to 200 m. (d) Salient features of the Proposed Project The project for the development of IMT Faridabad is conceived specifically to provide a platform of services and facilities that would be beneficial for the creation of better infrastructure as well as to create more employment opportunities for the local population. The project would have the back-up support of infrastructure in terms of Power supply Water Supply Trade & Business centres for conferences and seminars All weather metalled roads Financial Institutions Telecommunication set up Shopping centre. (e) Type of Industries The project envisages the establishment of mainly pollution free industries based on advanced technologies. The spectrum of industries which are expected to come up in the proposed IMT Faridabad, would comprise of following type: General manufacturing Industry Garment industry Electronics and electricals Medical equipments Sports goods CNC machines Health care items Sheet metal components Auxiliary Industries. The raw material required for input purpose would depend upon the nature of industry likely to come up in the township. The raw material required for industrial units can only be known after floatation of the project. However, it is expected that raw material generally needed for automobile, auto parts, electronic, garments etc. shall be met indigenously and from other sources. (f) Connectivity The project would have better connectivity to major towns of country as it is in the closer proximity with the National and State Highways as well as Railway Network. There would not be any problem with respect to the supply and procurement. (g) Site Constraints A village abadi exists right within the proposed site. There exist many overhead electricity lines such as 66 KV overhead tower line running east to west across the site. 2 Nos. of 220 KV overhead tower lines on the north-west corner of the site.

26 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 16 of Nos. of 400 KV overhead tower lines running from south-west corner to north-east corner of the site. 3 Nos underground gas pipelines passes through the proposed site. Mohna distributory canal also crosses the project site running from west to east. The Indian Electricity Act, 1956 specifies No construction of corridor under the power line. As shown in the survey plan of the site, 3 numbers of gas pipelines can not be shifted and realigned. However, the right of way has to be left as such. The minimum and maximum covered depth for the underground pipelines are to be maintained between 1-2 m. precautionary measures are required to be taken during the construction stage and statutory clearances are required to be taken from the authorities before taking up the work in this area. The premises are required to be taken for construction activity under the overhead electricity tower lines as well for crossing the Mohna distributory from relevant departments. Table-2.2 (b) Detail of plots for proposed project Sl. Area in Area in No. of plots in Total No. acre acres Sec-67 (Transport & communication zone) Sec-68,69, 70 & 71 (Indl. Zone) Agricultural Zone of Plots Total

27 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 17 of Infrastructure Development Proposal for Proposed Project (a) Existing Roads & Connectivity At present the main access to the project area is from the 60 m wide outer periphery road passing at the back of sectors-37, 34, 30, 29, 19, 17, 14, 13, 9, 8, 3, 2, 65, 64 & 62 and connected to Delhi-Mathura National Highway. (i) Road Hierarchy under the proposal The classification of roads in terms of road hierarchy depends upon access to abutting property and travel mobility. Accessibility refers to the level of control over traffic entering of exiting a road way to or from adjacent properties. Mobility refers to the ability of road to move traffic for example express way emphasizes high degree of mobility, but have virtually no access to abutting properties. Local roads on the other hand mainly provide access to the abutting properties while discouraging the mobility through traffic. The road hierarchy for the present project is proposed as under: External roads 90 M outer peripheral road with 30 M green belt on inner side. 45 M sector dividing roads. Internal roads 30 M wide road : Internal major roads 20 M wide road : Collector streets 18 M wide road : Collector streets 15 M wide road : Collector streets 12 M wide road : Collector streets (ii) (iii) Proposed Road Levels Formation level of 45 m wide sector dividing roads and 90 m wide periphery road have been fixed above the natural ground levels. The slope of the master roads has been kept according to proposed storm water drainage proposal. The formation levels of other roads have been fixed accordingly, and are as per the standard specifications. Right of Way The right of way as well as formation width together with metalled width, side slope, of various roads will be as under: Table-2.3 (a) Information wrt Right of Way, Formation Width etc Right of Way (m) Formation width (m) Side slope Hort.-Vert. Mettaled width (m) Service Lanes Camber (%) Kerbs & Channel : One side : One side : One side : Both side :1 2 carriage ways Both sides on 12 m wide :1 2 carriage ways 12 m wide On inner side 7 m width main roads 2.5 Both sides

28 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 18 of 210 (iv) Pavement Design The pavement design will be done as per IRC-37 and IRC-58 depending upon the type of pavement. The soil classification shall be carried out as per IS:1498 and tests like field density, CBR and other desirable laboratory tests shall be carried out as per IS:2720 (relevant parts). (v) Specifications for the pavement The following specifications for the pavement design has to be considered: The side slopes to be 2 horizontal to 1 vertical with minimum camber 2 %. The compaction of the embankment of the roads shall be considered satisfactory when desired DBD is achieved. The requirements of earth work in embankment and tentative proposed crust thicknesses for construction shall be as under (vi) Physical requirement of embankment and sub-grade shall be as per MORTH specifications. Compaction of embankment and sub grade shall be as per MORTH specifications. The tentative road crust thickness shall be as under: 12 m 200 mm GSB mm WMM + 75 mm BM + 25 mm SDBC 15 m 200 mm GSB mm WMM + 75 mm BM + 25 mm SDBC 18 m 200 mm GSB mm WMM + 75 mm BM + 25 mm SDBC 20 m 200 mm GSB mm WMM + 75 mm BM + 25 mm SDBC 30 m 250 mm GSB mm WMM + 75 mm DBM + 40 mm BC 45 m 250 mm GSB mm WMM + 75 mm DBM + 40 mm BC 90 m 250 mm GSB mm WMM + 75 mm DBM + 40 mm BC The crust thickness may increase or decrease during detailed design depending upon the CBR values. Connectivity The project site shall be provided with connectivity from either side by constructing an approach road on the canal embankment either by HSIIDC after obtaining permission from U.P Irrigation Dept or shall be got executed from U.P Irrigation Department as a deposit work. 2 Nos of bridges shall be got constructed along the dividing road of sector-2 & 64 and sector-64 & 65. On the outer periphery 90 m wide road a bridge is also proposed on Agra Canal & the provision for the same has been made in the project cost.

29 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 19 of 210 (b) Electrification Requirement : IMT Faridabad Sub-Station & Sector wise load estimations are given hereunder: Table-2.3 (b) Sub-Station/ Sector wise loading details S/ Stn Sector Load (kw) Load (kva) Current (Amps) A 67 & Agri B C D E F G H Total Street Light Grand Total (i) Design & Proposal As per norms of HVPN/ DHBVN, for load above 63 MVA, the consumer has to provide 220 kv sub-station. Accordingly, it is proposed to provide a 220 kv sub-station with 2 Nos. transformers of rating 220/33 kv, 100 MVA each. This sub-station would be fed from 400/ 220 kv sub-station under erection at Nawada through a 220 kv line. The distance from Nawada substation to 220 kv sub-station at IMT Faridabad is approx. 5 km. The land required for the 220 kv sub-station would be 12 acres. It is also proposed to provide 33 kv double circuit ring main around the entire complex and 8 Nos. 33 kv sub-stations at various locations depending upon the load requirements. At each of the 33 kv sub-station, it is proposed to provide 2 Nos 10/12.5 MVA transformers further these would be the un-manned indoor sub-stations with provision of VCBs. The land requirement for these type of un-manned 33 kv sub-stations would be approx. 0.5 acre. (ii) Distribution System The distribution system is proposed as under: In the pockets of sector-68 & sector-69, where there is concentration of small plots measuring 450/900 m 2 and load requirement is mostly of LT category, it is proposed to make provision for 1000 KVA & 630 KVA distribution transformers & only under ground LT system.

30 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 20 of 210 The composite LT & HT system is proposed in front of 0.5 acre plot while only HT over head system is proposed in the rest of area. The transformers for other common services should be separately provided for connections. The street lights shall be of LED & CFL fittings to economize power consumption. (iii) Phasing for implementation The system is proposed to be laid in phases depending upon the requirements In the 1 st phase, it is proposed to lay the entire 33 kv, 11 kv & LT lines, but only 4 Nos. 33 kv sub-stations at the locations where there is load demand. Initially 33 kv independent line would be erected from 400 kv Nawada sub-station or nearby 33 kv sub-station under erection in sectors for feeding this load. The remaining 33 kv sub-stations would subsequently be added according to the load demand. The 220 kv sub-station at IMT would then be erected when the load requirements exceed 50 MVA (iv) Street lighting As per notification issued by Govt. of Haryana vide ref. No. 22/52/05-5 dated & DHBVN circular No. D-35/2008 the use of CFL/T-28 Energy Efficient tube lights/ LED lamps shall be mandatory for all electricity consumed in industrial, institutional & commercial sectors having connected load of 30 kw or above. In this context, following proposal has been made: CFL & LED lights have been proposed on street lights consisting of 2 units of CFL of 36 watts each to economize power consumption. 80 watts LED lights have been proposed on 30 metre road on one side at a convenient distance as per design with 9 metre high steel tabular poles. 80 watts LED lamps have been proposed on 45 metre road in central verge at a convenient distance as per design with 11 metre high steel tubular poles. At road junctions also 80 watts LED lamps have been proposed. All street lighting shall be flexible non-metallic, suitable for direct burial, sized to suit wire sizes with a minimum of 50 mm diameter. Road crossing shall be indirect burial conduit. Phase wise circuits shall be maintained from pole to pole to ensure energy conservation i.e 1/3 of illumination can be switched off at a time.

31 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 21 of Abstract of the Project Cost Project cost comprising of cost towards sub-work namely development of roads, water supply, waste water scheme, storm water drainage, electrification & street lighting, horticulture & road side plantation, solid waste management, IT & telecom and office complex, are given in following table. Table-2.4 (a) Abstract of the project cost Sl. No. of Sub Work Name of Sub Work Amount (Rs) 1. Sub work No.1 Roads & Horticulture Sub work No.2 Water Supply Sub work No.3 Waste water scheme Sub work No.4 Storm water drainage Sub work No.5 Electrification & street lighting Sub work No.7 Solid waste management Sub work No.8 IT & Telecom Sub work No.9 Office Complex Total

32 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 22 of 210

33 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 23 of 210

34 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 22 of 210

35 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 25 of 210

36 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 26 of km buffer zone on SOI Toposheet (1:50K)

37 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 27 of DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 Development of Environment Baseline (a) The Objective The Description of Existing Environment for the proposed project facilities will describe the existing environmental conditions in and around the project sites (baseline environmental status). It identifies the environmental parameters that are consequent to the proposed facilities and the impact on these parameters due to the proposed project. Environment Management Plan (EMP), thus, prepared includes the general background of the project like process details, facilities description, details of major utility systems and special care, which needs to be taken during design/ construction/ operation stage for mitigating environmental impacts. The environmental parameters that has been covered include air quality, water quality, aquatic ecology, micrometeorology, noise levels, flora and fauna etc. in accordance with the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India. Based on the project inputs, impact on the environmental parameters has been assessed using the standard methods. The existing environmental quality in the project area has been assessed based on current available data. Wherever data was not available, in order to make fair assessment, actual monitoring in the field have been carried out. The potential sources of pollution owing to the project facilities have been identified and anticipated pollution load has been quantified. The potential environmental impacts have been identified and assessed qualitatively as well as quantitatively and possible changes in the quality of the environment have been predicted. A study on wildlife and flora-fauna has been taken up in and around the project site. An Environmental Management Plan has been drawn up to maintain and enhance the environmental quality around the project sites. The pollution control strategies have been suggested wherever the deterioration of environmental quality is expected. A green-belt/ greenery development plan for the stations has been provided that would enhance the quality of the environment besides attenuating environmental pollution. A post-project monitoring plan (PPMP) has been suggested to monitor the changes in the environmental quality after the implementation of the project. (b) Study Area The study was carried out in the vicinity (within the 10-km radius of proposed Development Site of IMT) at Faridabad. (c) Study Period Baseline data was generated during Dec-2008 to Feb-2009

38 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 28 of 210 (d) Methodology The Approach of Shriram Institute for Industrial Research (SRI) to undertake the present assignment encompassed sound scientific and management practices, to suit the project requirements to ensure efficiency & effectiveness. SRI always endeavoured to optimise the approach for the execution of the specified assignment by incorporating the requirements of the various key components of the project. Approach of SRI reflects its appreciation to the relevant guidelines of regulatory bodies. In nutshell, methodology followed for the execution of present project includes following generic steps: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Reconnaissance survey Secondary data collection from government, non-government & academic institutions. Primary data generation at various points representing study area for multi-disciplinary activities. Data compilation, collation & analysis. Data interpretation with respect to regulatory requirements. (f) Environmental media indices estimation & indicator for describing affected environment (g) (h) (i) Importance Weighing Techniques for Impact Studies Impact identification Impact prediction & assessment EIA/ EMP Report It includes: Interpretation of data with respect to the regulatory requirements and derivation of meaningful scientific conclusions based on critical and comparative study of data generated / collected and analytical findings of supportive & assimilative capacity of the project area. Significant environmental issues, important findings, assessment of alternatives & necessary recommendations. The environmental requirements of regulatory bodies. Adverse impacts, if any, due to proposed development and which cannot be avoided, has been mentioned and to minimize such impacts, suggestions will be incorporated to reduce/ mitigate them in Environmental Management Plan.

39 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 29 of 210 PROCESS FLOWSHEET OF METHODOLOGY Project Start-up/ Inception meeting Project Baseline Reconnaissance Survey Monitoring Methodology Finalization Data Collection/ Generation (Secondary/ Primary) Data Analysis/ Interpretation Impact Analysis/ Prediction Formulation of EMP EIA/EMP Report Public Hearing as per EIA Notification Final EIA/EMP Report

40 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 30 of Air Environment Air quality is influenced by a number of factors, which includes natural (e.g. winds, thermal profile, humidity etc.) and anthropogenic or man-made (e.g. traffic, emissions etc.) factors. An assessment of the existing air quality status was carried out at five different locations in the vicinity of proposed development site. It would provide the ground level concentration of air quality indicators. The impact of the project on local Ambient Air Quality could be compared with the baseline AAQ scenario Selection of Sampling Locations for AAQ Six numbers of Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) monitoring stations, as per the detail given below, were set up in the vicinity of the proposed project site. Table- 3.2 (a) Description of AAQ monitoring stations in the project area Station Location Description Geo-codes Code Latitude Longitude AAQ-1 Machhghar Core Zone 28 18'39.5 N 77 22'23.8"E AAQ-2 Atali Buffer Zone (5.7 km SE from CZ) 28 17'53.2 N 77 25' 9.8"E AAQ-3 Tigaon Buffer Zone (4.8 km NNE from CZ) 28 20'55.6 N 77 23' 16.4"E AAQ-4 Dig Buffer Zone (5.9 km SSW from CZ) 28 15'37.3 N 77 20'54.7"E AAQ-5 Barauli Buffer Zone (7.6 km NNW from CZ) 28 22'27.9 N 77 20'23.7"E AAQ-6 Sikri Buffer Zone (8.5 km SW from CZ) 28 16' 31.8 N 77 17'19.7"E

41 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 31 of Monitoring Schedule Monitoring was carried out twice in a week for 12 weeks duration in the months Dec-2008 to Feb Parameters like Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM), Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NO x ) were measured on the basis of 24- hourly averaging period, whereas parameters like Carbon monoxide (CO) and Hydrocarbons (HC) were monitored on the basis of 8-hourly averaging period AAQ monitoring Methodology (a) Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) Atmospheric air was drawn into a covered High Volume Sampler equipped with an air flow measurement device. Air samples were drawn by means of a high-flow-rate blower at the flow rate of 1.00 to 1.20 m 3 /min for 24 hourly averaging period. Particulates were collected on the filter paper (Whatman GF/A). The mass concentration in µg/m 3 of suspended particulate in ambient air was computed by measuring the mass of collected particulate and the volume of air sampled. (Protocol IS- 5182; Part-IV and MOEF gudelines for ambient air quality). (b) Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM) Atmospheric air was drawn into a Respirable Particulate Sampler equipped with an air flow measurement device. Air samples were drawn by means of a high-flow-rate blower at the flow rate of 1.00 to 1.20 m 3 /min for 24 hourly averaging period. The mass concentration in µg/m 3 of respirable particulate in ambient air was computed by measuring the mass of collected particulate and the volume of air sampled. (Protocol - IS 5182; Part-IV and MOEF gudelines for ambient air quality). (c) Sulphur dioxide (SO 2 ) Sulphur dioxide from the air stream was absorbed in sodium tetrachloromercurate solution by bubbling the air into absorbing solvent by means of low volume sampler assembly attached with HVS, at the flow rate of 0.2 to 0.5 litre/min for 24 hourly averaging period. The stable compound dichlorosulphito mercurate, thus, produced during sampling was allowed to react with p-rosaniline hydrochloride to form a coloured complex, intensity of which was measured by UV/VISIBLE Spectrophotometer. Level of Sulphur dioxide in atmospheric air was quantified by computing the concentration of SO 2 in absorbing solution and the volume of air sampled. (Protocol - IS: 5182; Part-II). (d) Nitrogen Oxides (NO x ) Nitrogen oxides as Nitrogen dioxides from the air stream was absorbed in sodium hydroxide solution by bubbling the air into absorbing solvent by means of low volume sampler assembly attached with HVS, at the flow rate of 0.2 to 0.5 litre/min for 24 hourly averaging period. The NO 2 ion, thus, produced during sampling was allowed to react with phosphoric acid, sulphanilamide & N-1 (naphthyl) ethylenediamine dihydrochloride (NEDA) to form a coloured complex, intensity of which was measured by UV/VISIBLE Spectrophotometer. Level of

42 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 32 of 210 Nitrogen oxide as NO 2 in atmospheric air was quantified by computing the concentration of NO 2 in absorbing solution and the volume of air sampled. (Protocol -IS: 5182;Part-VI). (e) Carbon monoxide (CO) Samples were collected in Tedlar bags. NDIR based carbon monoxide analyser CO11M of Environmental s.a., which provides better sensitivity in addition to continuos measurement system, was used to determine concentration of Carbon monoxide (CO) in ambient air. (Protocol-IS: 5182; Part-X). (f) Hydrocarbons Samples were collected in Tedlar bags. Hydrocarbons in collected samples were monitored using THC analyser AAQ Data Interpretation Interpretation of analytical data was carried out using the guidelines of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi notification dt. 11 th April, Discussion on Results Detail analytical data generated as per the methodology given above is summarized in tables-3.2 (k) to 3.2 (r). Parameter-wise observations recorded in ambient air quality on selected spatial scale are as follows: (a) Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) Suspended Particulate Matter in ambient air means atmospheric level of dust retained on glass microfibre filter. Statistical analysis of SPM monitoring data is illustrated in following table: Table 3.2 (b) Statistical Analysis of SPM Monitoring Data in Ambient Air Data Indicator SPM concentration in µg/m 3 AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile ± SD

43 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 33 of 210 Monitoring data suggests that during the monitoring period, level of SPM in ambient air at all the monitoring stations in the vicinity of project site are found in varying range as described below : µg/m 3 with mean value 348 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 333 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 327 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 301 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 252 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 279 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ-6. Standard Deviation of SPM data during the monitoring period was estimated in range of ±60.4 to ± 92.5 µg/m 3 at all monitoring locations. (b) Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM) Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM) in ambient air means atmospheric level of dust below 10-µm size. As per the regulatory requirements (NAAQS), 24 hourly average value of RPM in Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other areas should not exceed 100 µg/m 3. Statistical analysis of RSPM monitoring data is illustrated in following table: Table - 3.2(c) Statistical Analysis of RSPM Monitoring Data in Ambient Air Data Indicator RSPM concentration in µg/m 3 AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile ±SD Monitoring data suggests that during the monitoring period, level of RSPM in ambient air at all the monitoring stations in the vicinity of project site are found in varying range as described below : µg/m 3 with mean value 182 µg/m 3 & 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 191 µg/m 3 & 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 206 µg/m 3 & 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 189 µg/m 3 & 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 143 µg/m 3 & 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 169 µg/m 3 & 98 th percentile value µg/m 3 at AAQ-6. Standard Deviation of RSPM data during the monitoring period was estimated in range of ±45.8 to ±77.0 µg/m 3 at all monitoring locations.

44 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 34 of 210 (c) Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) & Nitrogen oxides (NO x ) Dissolved gases in atmosphere like SO 2 & NO x are associated with intense industrial & human activities. As per the regulatory requirements (NAAQS), 24-hourly averaging value of both the pollutants Sulfur dioxide as SO 2 & Oxides of Nitrogen as NO 2, should not exceed 80 µg/m 3 for Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other areas. Statistical analysis of SO 2 and NO x data is illustrated in table-3.1 (d) & 3.1(e). Table -3.2(d) Statistical Analysis of SO 2 Monitoring Data in Ambient Air Data Indicator SO 2 concentration in µg/m 3 AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 Minimum BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Average Maximum th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile ± SD Monitoring data suggests that during the monitoring period, level of SO 2 in ambient air at all the monitoring stations in the vicinity of project site are found in varying range as described below: < 5-10 µg/m 3 with mean value 5 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 10.0 µg/m 3 at AAQ-1. < 5-11 µg/m 3 with mean value 5 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 10.1 µg/m 3 at AAQ-2. < 5-10 µg/m 3 with mean value 4 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 9.5 µg/m 3 at AAQ-3. < 5-8 µg/m 3 with mean value 5 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 8.0 µg/m 3 at AAQ-4. < 5-6 µg/m 3 with mean value 4 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 6.0 µg/m 3 at AAQ-5. < 5-9 µg/m 3 with mean value 5 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 8.5 µg/m 3 at AAQ-6. Standard Deviation of SO 2 data during the monitoring period was estimated in range of ± 1.5 to ± 2.5 µg/m 3 at all monitoring locations. Table -3.2 (e) Statistical Analysis of NO x Monitoring Data in Ambient Air Data Indicator NO x concentration in µg/m 3 AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile ± SD Monitoring data suggests that during the monitoring period, level of NO x in ambient air at all the monitoring stations in the vicinity of project site are found in varying range as described below: µg/m 3 with mean value 34.0 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 61.6 µg/m 3 at AAQ-1.

45 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 35 of µg/m 3 with mean value 37 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 57.0 µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 34 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 54.8 µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 36 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 57.1 µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 26 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 47.6 µg/m 3 at AAQ µg/m 3 with mean value 36 µg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 60.2 µg/m 3 at AAQ-6. Standard Deviation of NO x data during the monitoring period was estimated in range of ±9.0 to ±12.8 µg/m 3 at all monitoring locations. (d) Carbon monoxide as CO The production of CO in the atmosphere is mainly due to partial combustion or incomplete combustion of carbonaceous matter. The specified limit of CO in the ambient air as per NAAQS is 2 mg/m 3 for 8-hourly averaging period in case of Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas. Monitoring data suggests that during the monitoring period, level of CO in ambient air at all the monitoring stations in the vicinity of project site are found in varying range as described below: mg/m 3 with mean value 0.5 mg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 0.8 mg/m 3 at AAQ mg/m 3 with mean value 0.7 mg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 1.2 mg/m 3 at AAQ mg/m 3 with mean value 0.9 mg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 1.4 mg/m 3 at AAQ mg/m 3 with mean value 0.7 mg/m 3 and 98 th percentile value 1.0 mg/m 3 at AAQ mg/m 3 with mean value 0.6 mg/m 3 and 98 th value 1.0 mg/m 3 at AAQ mg/m 3 with mean value 0.6 mg/m 3 and 98 th value 0.9 mg/m 3 at AAQ-6. Standard Deviation of CO data during the monitoring period was estimated in range of ±0.1 to ±0.3 mg/m 3 at all monitoring locations. Table-3.2 (f) Statistical Analysis of CO Monitoring Data in Ambient Air Data Indicator CO concentration in mg/m 3 AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile ± SD

46 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 36 of 210 (e) Hydrocarbons Presence of Hydrocarbons in Ambient Air is associated with industrial & vehicular activities. No limit of Hydrocarbons in the ambient air has been specified in the NAAQS. Monitoring data suggests that during the monitoring period, level of total hydrocarbons in ambient air at all the monitoring stations in the vicinity of project site are found in varying range as described below: ppm with mean value 5.3 ppm and 98 th percentile value 6.4 ppm at AAQ ppm with mean value 5.2 ppm and 98 th percentile value 6.2 ppm at AAQ ppm with mean value 5.3 ppm and 98 th percentile value 6.3 ppm at AAQ ppm with mean value 5.4 ppm and 98 th percentile value 6.7 ppm at AAQ ppm with mean value 5.4 ppm and 98 th percentile value 6.5 ppm at AAQ ppm with mean value 5.3 ppm and 98 th percentile value 6.6 ppm at AAQ-6 Table-3.2 (g) Data Indicator Statistical Analysis of Hydrocarbon Monitoring Data in Ambient Air Hydrocarbon concentration in ppm AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile th Percentile ± SD

47 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 37 of 210 Table-3.2 (h) SPM, RSPM, NO 2 & SO 2 data at AAQ-1 Location Code/ Description AAQ-1 (Machhghar : Core Zone) Date SPM (µg/m 3 ) RSPM (µg/m 3 ) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) 03-04/12/ /12/ /12/ /12/ BDL 15-16/12/ BDL 19-20/12/ BDL 23-24/12/ BDL 28-29/12/ BDL 31-12/08 to 01/01/ /01/ BDL 06-07/01/ BDL 10-11/01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /02/ BDL 10-11/02/ BDL 14-15/02/ BDL 18-19/02/ BDL 22-23/02/ BDL 26-27/02/ BDL Table-3.2(i) SPM, RSPM, NO 2 & SO 2 data at AAQ-2 Location Code/ Description AAQ-2 (Atali : Buffer Zone km SE from CZ) Date SPM (µg/m 3 ) RPM (µg/m 3 ) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) 03-04/12/ BDL 05-06/12/ BDL 09-10/12/ BDL 12-13/12/ BDL 15-16/12/ BDL 19-20/12/ BDL 23-24/12/ BDL 28-29/12/ /08 to 01/01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ BDL 06-07/02/ BDL 10-11/02/ BDL 14-15/02/ BDL 18-19/02/ BDL 22-23/02/ BDL 26-27/02/ BDL

48 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 38 of 210 Table-3.2 (j) SPM, RSPM, NO 2 & SO 2 data at AAQ-3 Location Code AAQ-3 (Tigaon: Buffer Zone km NNE from CZ) Date SPM (µg/m 3 ) RPM (µg/m 3 ) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) 03-04/12/ /12/ /12/ BDL 12-13/12/ BDL 15-16/12/ BDL 19-20/12/ BDL 23-24/12/ BDL 28-29/12/ BDL 31-12/08 to 01/01/ /01/ /01/ BDL 10-11/01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /02/ /02/ BDL 14-15/02/ BDL 18-19/02/ BDL 22-23/02/ BDL 26-27/02/ BDL Table-3.2 (k) SPM, RSPM, NO 2 & SO 2 data at AAQ-4 Location Code AAQ-4 (Dig: Buffer Zone km SSW from CZ) Date SPM (µg/m 3 ) RPM (µg/m 3 ) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) 03-04/12/ BDL 05-06/12/ BDL 09-10/12/ /12/ BDL 15-16/12/ BDL 19-20/12/ /12/ /12/ /08 to 01/01/ /01/ BDL 06-07/01/ BDL 10-11/01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ BDL 06-07/02/ /02/ BDL 14-15/02/ BDL 18-19/02/ /02/ BDL 26-27/02/ BDL

49 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 39 of 210 Table-3.2 (l) SPM, RSPM, NO 2 & SO 2 data at AAQ-5 Location Code AAQ-5 (Barauli : Buffer Zone km NNW from CZ) Date SPM (µg/m 3 ) RPM (µg/m 3 ) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) 03-04/12/ BDL 05-06/12/ BDL 09-10/12/ BDL 12-13/12/ BDL 15-16/12/ BDL 19-20/12/ BDL 23-24/12/ BDL 28-29/12/ BDL 31-12/08 to 01/01/ /01/ BDL 06-07/01/ BDL 10-11/01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ BDL 26-27/01/ /01/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ BDL 18-19/02/ BDL 22-23/02/ BDL 26-27/02/ BDL Table-3.2 (m) SPM, RSPM, NO 2 & SO 2 data at AAQ-6 Location Code AAQ-6 (Sikri : Buffer Zone -8.5 km SW from CZ) Date SPM (µg/m 3 ) RPM (µg/m 3 ) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) Sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) (µg/m 3 ) 03-04/12/ BDL 05-06/12/ /12/ BDL 12-13/12/ BDL 15-16/12/ BDL 19-20/12/ /12/ BDL 28-29/12/ /08 to 01/01/ BDL 02-03/01/ BDL 06-07/01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ BDL

50 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 40 of 210 Table-3.2 (n) AAQ data of Carbon monoxide Date Shift Location Code 03-04/12/ /12/ /12/ /12/ /12/ /12/ /12/ /12/ /08 to 01/01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /01/09 AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III

51 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 41 of /01/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/ /02/09 I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III I II III

52 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 42 of 210 Table-3.2 (o) AAQ data of Hydrocarbons Hydrocarbons (HC), ppm Date Shift Location Code AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ /12/08 I II III /12/08 I II III /12/08 I II III /12/08 I II III /12/08 I II III /12/08 I II III /12/08 I II III /12/08 I II III /12/08 to 01/01/09 I II III /01/09 I II III /01/09 I II III /01/09 I II III /01/09 I II III /01/09 I II III /01/09 I II III /01/09 I II III

53 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 43 of /01/09 I II III /02/09 I II III /02/09 I II III /02/09 I II III /02/09 I II III /02/09 I II III /02/09 I II III /02/09 I II III

54 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 44 of Air Pollution Dispersion Modeling The ISC short term model for stacks has been used for Air Pollution Dispersion Modeling. It uses the steady-state Gaussian plume equation for a continuous elevated source. For each source and each hour, the origin of the source's coordinate system is placed at the ground surface at the base of the stack. The x axis is positive in the downwind direction, the y axis is crosswind (normal) to the x axis and the z axis extends vertically. The fixed receptor locations are converted to each source's coordinate system for each hourly concentration calculation. The calculation of the downwind and crosswind distances is described in. The hourly concentrations calculated for each source at each receptor are summed to obtain the total concentration produced at each receptor by the combined source emissions. For a steady-state Gaussian plume, the hourly concentration at downwind distance x (meters) and crosswind distance y (meters) is given by: Where: Q = pollutant emission rate (mass per unit time) K = a scaling coefficient to convert calculated concentrations to desired units (default value of 1 x 10 6 for Q in g/s and concentration in µg/m 3 ) V = vertical term D = decay term F y,f z = standard deviation of lateral and vertical concentration distribution (m) The vertical term includes the effects of source elevation, receptor elevation, plume rise, limited mixing in the vertical, and the gravitational settling and dry deposition of particulates (with diameters greater than about 0.1 microns). Downwind and Crosswind Distances The ISC model uses either a polar or a Cartesian receptor network as specified by the user. The model allows for the use of both types of receptors and for multiple networks in a single run. All receptor points are converted to Cartesian (X,Y) coordinates prior to performing the dispersion calculations. In the polar coordinate system, the radial coordinate of the point (r, 2) is measured from the user-specified origin and the angular coordinate 2 is measured clockwise from the north. In the Cartesian coordinate system, the X axis is positive to the east of the user-specified origin and the Y axis is positive to the north. For either type of receptor network, the user must define the location of each source with respect to the origin of the grid using Cartesian coordinates. In the polar coordinate system, assuming the origin is at X = X o, Y = Y o, the X and

55 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 45 of 210 Y coordinates of a receptor at the point (r, 2) are given by: If the X and Y coordinates of the source are X(S) and Y(S), the downwind distance x to the receptor, along the direction of plume travel, is given by: where WD is the direction from which the wind is blowing. The downwind distance is used in calculating the distance-dependent plume rise and the dispersion parameters. If any receptor is located within 1 meter of a point source or within 1 meter of the effective radius of a volume source, a warning message is printed and no concentrations are calculated for the sourcereceptor combination. The crosswind distance y to the receptor from the plume centerline is given by: Wind Speed Profile The wind power law is used to adjust the observed wind speed, u ref, from a reference measurement height, z ref, to the stack or release height, h s. The stack height wind speed, u s, is used in the Gaussian plume equation, and in the plume rise formulas. The power law equation is of the form: Where p is the wind profile exponent. Values of p may be provided by the user as a function of stability category and wind speed class. Default values are as follows: Stability Category Rural Exponent Urban Exponent A B C D E F The ISC models include algorithms to model volume, area and open-pit sources, in addition to point sources. These non-point source options of the ISC models are used to simulate the effects of emissions from a wide variety of industrial sources. In general, the ISC volume source model is used to simulate the effects of emissions from sources such as building roof monitors and line sources (for example, conveyor belts and rail lines). The ISC area source model is used to simulate the effects of fugitive emissions from sources such as storage piles and slag dumps.

56 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 46 of 210 AIR POLLUTANT DISPERSION MODELLING FOR IMT FARIDABAD; 06/17/09 Point Source : DG Set Stacks) ISCST3 - VERSION CONC RURAL FLAT DFAULT CO STARTING CO TITLEONE AIR POLLUTANT DISPERSION MODELLING FOR IMT FARIDABAD CO MODELOPT DFAULT RURAL CONC CO AVERTIME 1 CO POLLUTID Particulate Matter CO TERRHGTS FLAT CO RUNORNOT RUN CO FINISHED SO STARTING (DG set Stacks; 1000 KVA Rated Capacity; Fuel Type : HSD; QE 2700 Nm 3 /hr) SO LOCATION STACK1 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK2 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK3 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK4 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK5 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK6 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK7 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK8 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO LOCATION STACK9 POINT SO SRCPARAM STACK SO SRCGROUP ALL SO FINISHED RE STARTING RE GRIDPOLR POL1 STA RE GRIDPOLR POL1 ORIG RE GRIDPOLR POL1 DIST RE GRIDPOLR POL1 DIST RE GRIDPOLR POL1 GDIR RE GRIDPOLR POL1 END RE FINISHED ME STARTING ME INPUTFIL FBD.PRN FREE ME ANEMHGHT 8 METERS ME WDROTATE 0 ME SURFDATA IMT, FARIDABAD. ME UAIRDATA IMT, FARIDABAD. ME FINISHED OU STARTING OU RECTABLE ALLAVE FIRST SECOND OU MAXTABLE ALLAVE 10 OU FINISHED *********************************** *** SETUP Finishes Successfully ***

57 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 47 of 210 *** MODEL SETUP OPTIONS SUMMARY *** **Intermediate Terrain Processing is Selected **Model Is Setup For Calculation of Average CONCentration Values. -- SCAVENGING/DEPOSITION LOGIC -- **Model Uses NO DRY DEPLETION. DDPLETE = F **Model Uses NO WET DEPLETION. WDPLETE = F **NO WET SCAVENGING Data Provided. **NO GAS DRY DEPOSITION Data Provided. **Model Does NOT Use GRIDDED TERRAIN Data for Depletion Calculations **Model Uses RURAL Dispersion. **Model Uses Regulatory DEFAULT Options: 1. Final Plume Rise. 2. Stack-tip Downwash. 3. Buoyancy-induced Dispersion. 4. Use Calms Processing Routine. 5. Not Use Missing Data Processing Routine. 6. Default Wind Profile Exponents. 7. Default Vertical Potential Temperature Gradients. 8. "Upper Bound" Values for Supersquat Buildings. 9. No Exponential Decay for RURAL Mode **Model Assumes Receptors on FLAT Terrain. **Model Assumes No FLAGPOLE Receptor Heights. **Model Calculates 1 Short Term Average(s) of: 1-HR **This Run Includes: 9 Source(s); 1 Source Group(s); and 648 Receptor(s) **The Model Assumes A Pollutant Type of: SPM **Model Set To Continue RUNning After the Setup Testing. **Output Options Selected: Model Outputs Tables of Highest Short Term Values by Receptor (RECTABLE Keyword) Model Outputs Tables of Overall Maximum Short Term Values (MAXTABLE Keyword) **NOTE: The Following Flags May Appear Following CONC Values: c for Calm Hours m for Missing Hours b for Both Calm and Missing Hours **Misc. Inputs: Anem. Hgt. (m) = 8.00 ; Decay Coef. = ; Rot. Angle = 0.0 Emission Units = GRAMS/SEC Emission Rate Unit Factor = E+07 Output Units = MICRO GRAMS/M**3

58 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 48 of 210 *** POINT SOURCE DATA *** (Stack of DG Set 1000 KVA (800 KW) NUMBER EMISSION RAT BASE STACK STACK STACK STACK BUILD SOURCE PART. (GRAMS/SEC) X Y ELEV. HEIGHT TEMP. EXIT VEL. DIAMETER EXISTS SCALAR VARY ID CATS. (METERS) (METERS) (METERS) (METERS) (DEG.K) (M/SEC) (METERS) STACK E NO STACK E NO STACK E NO STACK E NO STACK E NO STACK E NO STACK E NO STACK E NO STACK E NO *** WIND PROFILE EXPONENTS *** STABILITY WIND SPEED CATEGORY CATEGORY A.70000E E E E E E-01 B.70000E E E E E E-01 C.10000E E E E E E+00 D.15000E E E E E E+00 E.35000E E E E E E+00 F.55000E E E E E E+00 *** VERTICAL POTENTIAL TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS *** (DEGREES KELVIN PER METER) STABILITY WIND SPEED CATEGORY CATEGORY A.00000E E E E E E+00 B.00000E E E E E E+00 C.00000E E E E E E+00 D.00000E E E E E E+00 E.20000E E E E E E-01 F.35000E E E E E E-01

59 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 49 of 210 *** THE FIRST 24 HOURS OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA *** FILE: FBD.PRN FORMAT: FREE SURFACE STATION NO.: 1 UPPER AIR STATION NO.: 1 NAME: IMT, NAME: IMT, YEAR: 2009 YEAR: 2009 FLOW SPEED TEMP STAB MIXING HEIGHT (M) USTAR M-O LENGTH Z-0 IPCODE PRATE YR MN DY HR VECTOR (M/S) (K) CLASS RURAL URBAN (M/S) (M) (M) (mm/hr) *** NOTES: STABILITY CLASS 1=A, 2=B, 3=C, 4=D, 5=E AND 6=F. FLOW VECTOR IS DIRECTION TOWARD WHICH WIND IS BLOWING.

60 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 50 of 210 *** THE 1ST HIGHEST 1-HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL *** INCLUDING SOURCE(S): STACK1, STACK2, STACK3, STACK4, STACK5, STACK6, STACK7,STACK8,STACK9 Direction/Degrees *** NETWORK ID: POL1 ; NETWORK TYPE: GRIDPOLR *** ** CONC OF SPM IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 500 m 1000 m 1500 m 2000 m 2500 m 3000 m 4000 m 5000 m 5500 m 6000 m 6500 m 7000 m 7500 m 8000 m 8500 m 9000 m 9500 m m

61 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 51 of m 9500 m 9000 m 8500 m 8000 m 7500 m 7000 m 6500 m 6000 m 5500 m 5000 m 4000 m 3000 m 2500 m 2000 m 1500 m 1000 m 500 m Ground Level Concentration Range (µg/m 3 ) with receptor distance (in m) & direction ( )

62 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 52 of 210 *** THE 2ND HIGHEST 1-HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL *** INCLUDING SOURCE(S): STACK1, STACK2, STACK3, STACK4, STACK5, STACK6, STACK7, STACK8, STACK9 *** NETWORK ID: POL1 ; NETWORK TYPE: GRIDPOLR *** ** CONC OF SPM IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 500 m 1000 m 1500 m 2000 m 2500 m 3000 m 4000 m 5000 m 5500 m 6000 m 6500 m 7000 m 7500 m 8000 m 8500 m 9000 m 9500 m m

63 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 53 of m 9500 m 9000 m 8500 m 8000 m 7500 m 7000 m 6500 m 6000 m 5500 m 5000 m 4000 m 3000 m 2500 m 2000 m 1500 m 1000 m 500 m Ground Level Concentration Range (µg/m 3 ) with receptor distance (in m) & direction ( )

64 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 54 of 210 *** THE MAXIMUM 10 1-HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL *** INCLUDING SOURCE(S): STACK1, STACK2, STACK3, STACK4, STACK5, STACK6, STACK7,STACK8,STACK9 ** CONC OF SPM IN MICROGRAMS/M**3 ** RANK CONC AT RECEPTOR (XR,YR)OF TYPE RANK CONC AT RECEPTOR (XR,YR)OF TYPE AT (939.69, )GP AT ( , )GP AT ( ,321.39)GP AT ( , )GP AT ( ,321.39)GP AT ( , )GP AT ( ,321.39)GP AT ( , )GP AT ( ,321.39)GP AT ( , )GP *** RECEPTOR TYPES: GC = GRIDCART GP = GRIDPOLR DC = DISCCART DP = DISCPOLR BD = BOUNDARY *** Message Summary : ISCST3 Model Execution *** Summary of Total Messages A Total of 0 Fatal Error Message(s) A Total of 0 Warning Message(s) A Total of 280 Informational Message(s) A Total of 280 Calm Hours Identified ******** FATAL ERROR MESSAGES ******** *** NONE *** ******** WARNING MESSAGES ******** *** NONE *** ************************************ *** ISCST3 Finishes Successfully *** ************************************

65 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 55 of Meteorological Scenario Micro-meteorological data facilitates in identifying the major source(s) external to the project site that contributes to the local, sub-regional and regional degradation of air quality. Micrometeorological parameters have considerable impact on the behavior of air pollutants. The transport and diffusion of the pollutants in the atmosphere are chiefly governed by meteorological factors. These indicators not only govern dispersion, diffusion and transportation of air pollutants but are capable of altering the nature of air pollutants too. A study of the meteorological characteristics of the area including wind speed and direction, rainfall, temperature and humidity has been undertaken to assess the effect of pollution on both, the animate and inanimate, receptors. Micro-meteorological data, as has been recorded in concurrence with ambient air quality monitoring period, is summarized as under Climatic Conditions of Faridabad District Faridabad experiences a semi-arid climate, which is characterized by wide temperature variations and scanty and irregular rainfall. During summer, temperature may reach up to as high as 45 C, while in winter it drops to as low as 2 C. May and June are the hottest and driest months, when dust storms from the west prevail with high speed. The average annual rainfall recorded at the Faridabad rain gauge station is 845 mm as computed from the data of 1978 to Maximum rainfall occurs during July to September on account of the southeast monsoon. The number of actual rainy days varies between 7 and 22 in a year Micro-meteorological monitoring Data in the vicinity of Proposed Project Site Micro-meteorological data comprising of parameters like ambient air temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind direction, cloud cover etc. for the period Nov-2008 to Feb-2009 has been given in the annexure of this chapter. Micro-meteorological observation recorded from the analysis of yearly data can be summed up as: (a) Wind Velocity, Wind Direction and Windrose Summary Wind velocity and direction plays the significant role on the dispersion of air-borne pollutants and therefore, have significant impact on the air quality of the area. A wind rose gives a very succinct but information-laden view of how wind speed and direction are typically distributed at a particular location. Presented in a circular format, the wind rose shows the frequency of winds blowing from particular directions. The length of each spoke around the circle is related to the frequency of time that the wind blows from a particular direction. Each concentric circle represents a different frequency, emanating from zero at the center to increasing frequencies at the outer circles. The wind roses shown here contain additional information, in that each spoke is broken down into discrete frequency categories that show the percentage of time that winds blow from a particular direction and at certain speed ranges. All wind roses shown here use 16 cardinal directions, such as north (N), NNE, NE, etc. (i) Windrose summary of Nov-2008 Wind direction & wind velocity data analysis along with the windrose diagrams day-night (24- hourly) for the month of Nov-2008 has been illustrated below.

66 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 56 of 210 Date Range Nov 1 - Nov 30 Time Range 00:00-23:00 Frequency Distribution (Count) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 184 Missing/Incomplete 3 Total 746 Frequency Distribution (Normalized) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 0.39 Missing/Incomplete 0 Total 1 Frequency of calm wind : 38.94% Average wind speed : 1.57 m/s Maximum wind velocity is observed varying between m/s. The average wind speed has been estimated 1.57 m/s. The frequency of calm wind was estimated 38.94%. The predominant wind directions during Nov-2088 were observed from West, WNW, WSW, NW, SW and East.

67 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 57 of 210 Windrose : Nov-2008 (ii) Windrose summary of Dec-2008 Wind direction & wind velocity data analysis along with the windrose diagrams day-night (24- hourly) for the month of Dec-2008 has been illustrated below. Date Range Dec 1 - Dec 31 Time Range 00:00-23:00 Frequency Distribution (Count) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 223 Missing/Incomplete 2 Total 745

68 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 58 of 210 Frequency Distribution (Normalized) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 0.3 Missing/Incomplete 0 Total 1 Frequency of calm wind : 30.01% Average wind speed : 1.89 m/s Windrose : Dec-2008

69 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 59 of 210 Maximum wind velocity is observed varying between m/s. The average wind speed has been estimated 1.89 m/s. The frequency of calm wind was estimated 30.01%. The predominant wind directions during Nov-2088 were observed from West, WNW, WSW, NW and SW. (iii) Windrose summary of Jan-2009 Wind direction & wind velocity data analysis along with the windrose diagrams day-night (24- hourly) for the month of Jan-2009 has been illustrated below. Date Range Jan 1 - Jan 31 Time Range 00:00-23:00 Frequency Distribution (Count) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 184 Missing/Incomplete 3 Total 746 Frequency Distribution (Normalized) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 0.25 Missing/Incomplete 0

70 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 60 of 210 Total 1 Frequency of calm wind : 24.76% Average wind speed : 2.32 m/s Windrose : Jan-2009 Maximum wind velocity is observed varying between m/s. The average wind speed has been estimated 2.32 m/s. The frequency of calm wind was estimated 24.76%. The predominant wind directions during Nov-2008 were observed from West, WNW, WSW and NW. (iv) Windrose summary of Feb-2009 Wind direction & wind velocity data analysis along with the windrose diagrams day-night (24- hourly) for the month of Feb-2009 has been illustrated below.

71 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 61 of 210 Date Range Feb 1 - Feb 28 Time Range 00:00-23:00 Frequency Distribution (Count) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 96 Missing/Incomplete 4 Total 675 Frequency Distribution (Normalized) Wind Classes (m/s) Directions ( ) >= 11.1 Total Sub-Total Calms 0.14 Missing/Incomplete 0.01 Total 1 Frequency of calm wind : 14.31% Average wind speed : 2.83 m/s

72 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 62 of 210 Windrose : Feb-2009 Maximum wind velocity is observed varying between m/s. The average wind speed has been estimated 2.83 m/s. The frequency of calm wind was estimated 14.31%. The predominant wind directions during Nov-2088 were observed from West, WNW, WSW and NW. (b) Rainfall Following table describes the month wise last five years i.e (2004 to 2008) data of rainfall (r/f) in mm together with %departure of rainfall from the long period average values. Table-3.3 (a) Meteorological Scenario in the Faridabad region Month R/F %Dep R/F %Dep R/F %Dep R/F %Dep R/F %Dep January n.a n.a February n.a n.a March n.a n.a n.a n.a April n.a n.a n.a n.a May n.a n.a n.a n.a June July August September October November December R/F = Rainfall (in mm); %Dep : Departure of rainfall from long period average; n.a Data not available (Source: Regional Meteorological Centre, New Delhi)

73 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 63 of 210 (c) Relative Humidity (RH) Moisture in the atmosphere changes the nature and characteristics of the pollutants. Fog provides surface area for suspended dust to coalesce and flow in size to settle out from the atmosphere and also enhance the chemical reaction of the gaseous pollutants. Daily maximum relative humidity varied between %, %, % and % respectively during Nov-2008, Dec-2008, Jan-2009 and Feb Daily minimum relative humidity varied between 24-53%, 24-78%, 31-77% and 19-64% respectively during Nov-2008, Dec-2008, Jan and Feb (d) Temperature Temperature plays the prominent role in advection, convection, dispersion and diffusion of the pollutant and is a very significant attribute to describe local environment. Daily maximum temperature varied between C, C, C and C respectively during Nov- 2008, Dec-2008, Jan-2009 and Feb Daily minimum temperature varied between C, 7-16 C, 5-14 C and 8-16 C respectively during Nov-2008, Dec-2008, Jan-2009 and Feb Table-3.3 (b) Meteorological Scenario in the vicinity of proposed project site (Daily Mean Max/Min Temperature, RH & WS) Date Temperature C Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Max Min Max Min Max Min Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm

74 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 64 of Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm

75 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 65 of Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm Calm

76 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 66 of 210 Annexure : Micro-meteorological data Date Hrs Temp C Relative Humidity Wind Dir Wind Speed (m/s) Condition Date Hrs Temp C Relative Humidity Wind Dir Wind Speed (m/s) % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.0 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SW 2.1 Clear % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Clear % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Clear % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.0 Clear % WSW 1.0 Haze % West 1.5 Clear % Calm Calm Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % North 5.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 5.7 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze Condition % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % SW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NNE 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % NNE 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % ENE 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Clear % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % ENE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % ENE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % South 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze

77 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 67 of % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % NNE 1.5 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NNE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.0 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % West 1.0 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.0 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.0 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % North 2.1 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % NE 2.6 Haze % West 1.0 Haze % ENE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 2.1 Haze % East 2.1 Fog % East 2.1 Haze % ESE 2.1 Fog % East 2.6 Haze % SE 1.5 Fog % ESE 1.5 Haze % SE 2.1 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % ESE 2.6 Clouds % East 2.6 Clear % ESE 2.6 Clouds % ESE 2.1 Clear % ESE 2.6 Clouds % ESE 3.1 Fog % ESE 2.6 Clouds % ESE 3.1 Fog % SE 3.1 Haze % ESE 3.6 Haze % SSE 3.1 Haze % SE 3.1 Haze % SE 5.7 Haze % SE 2.6 Haze % SSE 4.1 Clouds % SE 2.6 Haze % SE 4.1 Clouds % ESE 2.1 Haze % ESE 5.1 Clouds % SE 1.5 Haze % SE 3.6 Clouds % East 2.6 Haze % ESE 3.1 Clouds % ENE 2.6 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Haze % ENE 1.5 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % ENE 2.1 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % SSW 2.1 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % East 2.1 Haze

78 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 68 of % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % ENE 1 Haze % Calm Calm Mist % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % East 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % North 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % ENE 2.6 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % North 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % North 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % North 1.5 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % South 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.0 Haze % SSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.0 Haze % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.0 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Fog % NW 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SSE 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % South 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SSE 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SSE 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NNW 7.2 Clouds % Calm Calm Haze % North 6.7 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % NNE 5.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % ENE 6.2 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % ENE 7.2 Clouds % SE 2.1 Haze % ENE 5.1 Clouds % SE 2.1 Haze % ENE 4.1 Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % East 5.1 Haze % SSE 2.1 Haze % East 4.6 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % SE 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % ENE 1.0 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % NW 3.1 Clouds % East 2.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % SE 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Clouds % SE 3.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Clouds % SE 2.6 Haze % West 2.1 Clouds % WNW 2.1 Fog % West 1.5 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % West 1.5 Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % SW 1.5 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Mist % West 2.6 Fog % SW 2.1 Mist % SW 3.1 Fog % SW 1.5 Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % WSW 4.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 3.6 Clouds % WSW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % NNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze

79 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 69 of % WNW 5.7 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % SSW 1.5 Haze % ESE 1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % SE 1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % SSW 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % SW 1.5 Mist % WSW 2.1 Haze % SW 1 Mist % WSW 2.1 Haze % SSW 2.1 Mist % WSW 2.1 Haze % SSW 2.1 Mist % WSW 2.6 Haze % SW 2.6 Haze % WSW 3.1 Haze % WSW 3.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % WSW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % ENE 1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % SW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Haze % South 1.5 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % South 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SSE 2.6 Haze % NNE 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % South 1.5 Haze % ENE 1.5 Haze % SSW 1.5 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % East 1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SSE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SSE 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SSW 2.1 Fog % ENE 1.5 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % SW 2.1 Fog % NNE 1.5 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % NNE 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % North 2.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % North 2.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 3.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % North 1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.0 Haze % Calm 1.5 Fog % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog

80 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 70 of % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % NNE 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % SSE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % South 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 1.0 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Mist % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Mist % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Haze % SW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 5.7 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 5.7 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.0 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % SW 1.0 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.6 Fog N/A% Calm Calm Haze % West 3.1 Clouds % West 1.5 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % SSW 2.6 Haze

81 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 71 of % SSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.0 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % SSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.0 Fog % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % SW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % SW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.6 Haze % ESE 4.1 Clouds % West 2.1 Haze % ESE 4.1 Clouds % West 2.6 Haze % SE 4.1 Clouds % WNW 3.1 Haze % SE 3.6 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Haze % SE 4.1 Clouds % WNW 4.6 Clouds % East 3.1 Clouds % West 3.6 Clouds % ESE 3.6 Clouds % West 2.6 Haze % East 2.6 Clouds % West 2.1 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % East 1.0 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % East 2.1 Fog % NW 1.5 Haze % East 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % East 2.6 Fog % ESE 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % East 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % East 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ENE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm 1.5 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Fog % South 2.6 Clouds % West 1.5 Fog % SSW 2.1 Clouds % West 2.1 Haze % South 1.0 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % SSW 1.0 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % NW 2.6 Haze % West 2.1 Fog % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Fog % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Fog % NW 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 1.5 Fog % NW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.1 Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.6 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 3.1 Mist % West 2.6 Fog % West 2.6 Mist % WSW 2.6 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % West 3.1 Fog % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NW 4.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Mist % SSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % West 1.0 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Mist % SW 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Mist % SW 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Mist % SSW 2.1 Mist % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Mist % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Mist % West 2.1 Mist % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.7 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze

82 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 72 of % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % WNW 3.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % SW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % WSW 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Clouds % West 2.1 Fog % NW 2.6 Clouds % West 2.1 Fog % North 2.1 Clouds % WSW 3.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 3.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 4.1 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % WSW 4.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % WSW 4.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WSW 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % SW 2.1 Clouds % WNW 2.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Clouds % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % SSW 1.0 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % SSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 3.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 4.1 Haze % WSW 1.0 Fog % West 3.6 Haze % WSW 4.1 Haze % East 1.5 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Haze % ESE 1.5 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Haze % SW 2.1 Clouds % West 3.1 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.6 Clouds % Calm Calm Clouds % West 2.6 Clouds % SE 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.6 Clouds % Calm Calm Clouds % WSW 2.1 Clouds % ESE 2.1 Fog % South 2.1 Fog % ESE 3.6 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % ESE 3.1 Fog % NW 5.7 Haze % ESE 3.1 Fog % NNW 5.7 Clouds % SE 2.6 Fog % NW 5.7 Clouds % SE 2.6 Fog % NW 6.7 Clouds % East 1.5 Fog % NW 4.6 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % NW 4.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Clouds % WNW 3.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Clouds % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.6 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % SE 3.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 1.0 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % SW 2.1 Fog % NW 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % NW 2.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog

83 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 73 of % WNW 4.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 4.1 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 5.1 Clouds % West 5.1 Haze % West 5.1 Clouds % West 4.1 Haze % West 5.1 Clouds % North - Haze % West 6.2 Mist % WNW 5.7 Haze % WNW 5.1 Mist % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 4.1 Mist % West 4.1 Haze % West 3.6 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Fog % West 2.6 Haze % West 3.1 Fog % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Fog % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Mist % South 1.0 Mist % Calm Calm Mist % South 1.0 Mist % Calm Calm Mist % SSW 1.0 Mist % Calm Calm Mist % West 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Mist % West 1.0 Mist % WSW 1.5 Mist % SW 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Mist % SW 1.5 Mist % WSW 1.5 Mist % SW 1.5 Mist % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Clouds % WSW 3.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 3.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NNE 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % South 2.1 Haze % SSE 1.5 Haze % SW 1.0 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % SSW 1.5 Haze % SSE 1.5 Haze % SSW 2.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % SSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % SSW 2.1 Haze % SSE 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % South 1.0 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % East 1.0 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze

84 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 74 of % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.0 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.6 Clouds % West 1.5 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % NNW 1.5 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Clouds % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % NW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WNW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WNW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.6 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % WNW 2.6 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WNW 3.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.6 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WNW 3.6 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WNW 3.6 Fog % West 3.6 Fog % West 4.1 Mist % West 3.6 Fog % West 4.1 Mist % WNW 3.1 Fog % West 4.1 Mist % West 2.6 Fog % West 4.1 Mist % WNW 2.6 Fog % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 2.6 Mist % West 4.1 Clouds % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Clouds % NW 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Mist % NW 2.6 Haze % WSW 3.6 Clouds % WNW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % West 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 3.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.6 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % ESE 2.6 Fog % West 1.5 Mist N/A% ESE 2.6 Fog % West 2.6 Haze % ESE 2.6 Fog % WNW 2.1 Haze % ESE 2.6 Fog % NW 3.1 Haze % SSE 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.1 Haze % SSE 2.6 Fog % NW 3.1 Haze % SE 2.6 Clouds % NW 2.1 Haze % SE 1.0 Mist % NW 2.1 Haze % SE 1.5 Mist % North 1.5 Haze % ESE 1.5 Clouds % Calm Calm Haze % ESE 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.1 Fog % East 3.1 Fog % East 2.1 Fog % ESE 3.1 Fog % East 2.1 Fog % ESE 2.6 Fog % East 2.1 Fog % ESE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % East 2.6 Fog % NNE 1.5 Fog % ESE 2.1 Fog % ESE 1.5 Light Rain % SE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % NW 1.0 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % NNW 2.6 Fog % WNW 1.5 Fog % East 4.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % SE 2.6 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % SSE 1.5 Fog % NW 2.1 Fog % ESE 2.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % NNW 3.1 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze

85 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 75 of % East 2.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % ESE 2.1 Fog % NW 2.1 Haze % ESE 1.5 Fog % WNW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % NW 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % East 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 2.1 Fog % NW 1.5 Mist % WSW 2.1 Haze % WNW 1.5 Mist % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % West 1.5 Fog % Calm 1.5 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 1.5 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Mist % NW 2.6 Haze % West 2.6 Mist % WNW 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % NNW 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NNW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Mist % SW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Fog % NNW 2.6 Haze % NW 1.5 Clouds % NNW 3.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % WNW 1.0 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % North 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 1.0 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Fog % NW 3.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % NW 4.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WSW 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WSW 1.5 Clouds % WNW 3.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Clouds % WNW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % NW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % WNW 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog

86 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 76 of % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 4.6 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % WNW 4.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % WNW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 2.1 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % SSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % SW 2.6 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % North Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % West 2.6 Clouds % West 2.6 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % WSW 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Clouds % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % South 1.5 Clouds % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Haze % NNW 1.5 Clouds % West 1.5 Haze % NNW 1.5 Clouds % West 2.1 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % NNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % NNW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % NW 1.5 Haze % SSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % West 2.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % South 1.5 Clouds % NNW 2.6 Fog % NE 2.1 Light Rain % NW 2.6 Fog % ENE 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.1 Fog % ENE 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.6 Fog % ENE 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % East 4.1 Fog % West 3.6 Fog % East 3.1 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Fog % SE 4.1 Haze % West 3.6 Clouds % SE 4.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % SE 2.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % SSE 1.5 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % SW 2.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Clouds % West 1.5 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % West 3.6 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % West 3.1 Clouds

87 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 77 of % West 3.1 Fog % NW 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % West 3.6 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % West 3.6 Fog % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 3.6 Fog % West 4.6 Mist % West 2.6 Fog % West 3.6 Mist % West 3.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % WSW 3.6 Fog % West 3.6 Fog % West 4.1 Fog % West 4.1 Fog % West 4.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 4.1 Fog % West 4.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.7 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 7.2 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % WNW 6.7 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % West 5.7 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Clouds % NW 3.1 Haze % West 2.1 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Clouds % West 2.6 Fog % WSW 1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % West 3.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % NW 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % SW 3.1 Fog % West 3.6 Fog % WSW 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Clouds % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Clouds % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WSW 3.1 Clouds % West 4.1 Haze % West 2.6 Fog % West 3.6 Clouds % West 3.6 Fog % West 4.1 Fog % West 4.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % West 3.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 3.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 4.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 3.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % East 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % East 2.6 Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % East 2.6 Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % East 2.1 Fog % WSW 3.6 Fog % East 4.1 Fog % WNW 4.1 Haze % East 4.1 Clouds % West 5.1 Haze % ESE 4.1 Haze % West 6.7 Haze % ESE 3.6 Haze % West 5.7 Haze % SW 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.7 Haze % SE 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % East 4.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % ESE 4.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % ESE 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % East 2.6 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % East 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Haze % East 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % East 1.5 Fog % SSW 1.5 Fog % East 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % East 2.1 Fog % East 3.1 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % ESE 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SE 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Mist % West 3.1 Mist % WSW 2.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % South 4.6 Haze

88 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 78 of % West 3.1 Haze % NW 5.7 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Mist % WNW 2.6 Mist % WNW 2.6 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.6 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % NW 2.6 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % NW 2.6 Mist % SSW 1.5 Fog % West 3.1 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % SW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 4.1 Fog % WNW 1 Fog % WNW 4.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Fog % WNW 5.7 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 6.7 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % NW 3.6 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % NW 2.6 Mist % NNE 1.5 Fog % WNW 2.1 Mist % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Mist % East 1.5 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.6 Haze % West 3.1 Mist % West 3.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 7.2 Clouds % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 7.2 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 7.2 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Mist % WSW 2.1 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Mist % West 1.5 Haze % WSW 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WSW 4.1 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 5.1 Clouds % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 5.1 Clouds % WNW 1.5 Haze % West 3.6 Clouds % WNW 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WNW 1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog

89 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 79 of % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % South 2.6 Haze % South 2.6 Haze % SSW 2.6 Haze % SSW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % NNW 3.1 Haze % NNW 3.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % ENE 1.5 Haze % ENE 1.5 Haze % NE 1.5 Haze % NE 1.5 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % ESE 3.1 Mist % East 2.1 Haze % ESE 2.6 Mist % East 4.1 Mist % ESE 4.6 Mist % East 4.1 Mist % ESE 3.6 Mist % ESE 2.6 Clouds % ESE 2.1 Mist % ESE 2.1 Clouds % West 3.1 Mist % ESE 1.5 Clouds % Calm Calm Mist % ESE 1.5 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % SE 2.6 Clouds N/A% ESE 1.5 Fog % ESE 2.1 Haze % SE 2.1 Mist % SSE 3.6 Haze % SSE 2.1 Haze % SSE 4.1 Haze % South 2.1 Haze % SSW 3.1 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % South 4.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % South 3.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % South 2.6 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % SSE 3.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % ESE 2.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % East 1.5 Haze % NW 2.6 Fog % ESE 2.6 Haze % NW 2.6 Fog % NW 3.6 Fog % WNW 3.1 Haze % NNW 3.1 Fog % WNW 2.1 Haze % NNW 2.6 Clouds % WNW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Clouds % West 1.5 Mist % WNW 3.6 Fog % NW 2.1 Mist % WNW 2.1 Fog % West 1.5 Mist % SW 1.5 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % WSW 3.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % WSW 4.1 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % West 1.5 Haze % West 3.6 Mist % WSW 3.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 5.7 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WSW 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % NNW 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NNW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % East 2.6 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.6 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % East 2.1 Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % ESE 2.1 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Haze % ESE 4.1 Clouds % West 1.5 Haze % East 5.7 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % East 6.2 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % East 5.1 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % East 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % East 7.7 Dusty % NW 3.1 Clouds % East 7.7 Dusty % NNW 3.1 Clouds % ESE 3.6 Haze % North 2.6 Clouds % East 3.6 Haze % NE 1.5 Haze % SE 2.1 Clouds % ENE 2.1 Haze % ENE 2.1 Clouds % ENE 2.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Clouds % Calm Calm Haze % NW 5.1 Clouds % East 1.5 Haze % NNE 3.6 Clouds

90 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 80 of % NNW 1.5 Clouds % North 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.1 Clouds % NNW 1.5 Fog % West 3.6 Light rain % West 1.5 Fog % NNW 2.1 Light rain % Calm Calm Fog % SSE 2.6 Light rain % WSW 2.6 Fog % WSW 4.6 Light rain % WSW 2.6 Fog % WSW 4.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WNW 2.6 Fog % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % NW 4.6 Clouds % WSW 3.1 Fog % NNW 4.6 Clouds % West 2.6 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Clouds % West 4.6 Haze % West 2.6 Clouds % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.1 Clouds % West 2.6 Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.1 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % SE 3.1 Haze % SW 1.5 Fog % East 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Fog % SW 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Fog % NNW 5.1 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Fog % NNE 4.1 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Fog % NNW 2.1 Clouds % WSW 2.1 Fog % NE 2.6 Clouds % WSW 2.6 Fog % NE 1 Clouds % WSW 2.6 Fog % ENE 2.6 Clouds % West 2.1 Fog % East 3.1 Clouds % WSW 2.1 Fog % SE 2.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % WSW 3.6 Clouds % West 4.1 Haze % West 1.5 Clouds % West 5.1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Clouds % West 4.1 Haze % NE 1.5 Haze % North 4.1 Haze % East 2.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % ESE 1.5 Haze % NNW 4.6 Haze % SSE 2.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Clouds % West 2.6 Fog % NW 3.6 Clouds % WSW 2.6 Fog % NW 3.1 Clouds % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.6 Clouds % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.1 Clouds % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 2.6 Fog % West 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Clouds % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WNW 3.1 Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % West 3.6 Mist % WNW 3.1 Fog % North 3.6 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.7 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % NW 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Mist % WSW 2.1 Mist % West 1.5 Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 1 Fog % SSW 1 Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % SW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % West 2.1 Fog % WSW 2.6 Fog % SW 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 2.1 Haze % West 3.1 Fog % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Fog % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % NW 3.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 5.1 Clouds % WNW 6.2 Haze % West 4.6 Clouds % West 6.2 Haze

91 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 81 of % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % WNW 2.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % NW 1.0 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.1 Mist % West 2.6 Haze % West 2.1 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.6 Fog % Calm Calm Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WNW 1.5 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % NNW 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % WNW 2.6 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % West 2.6 Fog % West 3.6 Fog % WSW 1.0 Clouds % West 4.6 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % NNW 2.6 Haze % West 5.7 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % West 5.7 Haze % NW 2.6 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 6.2 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % NW 5.7 Haze % West 4.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % WSW 1.5 Haze % West 1.5 Haze % West 1.0 Haze % NW 3.6 Mist % West 2.1 Fog % NW 3.1 Mist % WSW 2.1 Fog % NW 3.1 Mist % WSW 2.6 Fog % NW 2.6 Mist % NW 1.0 Fog % WNW 2.1 Mist % NNW 2.1 Fog % West 2.6 Mist % SW 2.1 Mist % SW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.0 Mist % SW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 3.1 Fog % WSW 3.1 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % NW 4.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Clouds % NW 6.2 Haze % WNW 4.6 Clouds % NW 6.2 Haze % WNW 5.1 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Haze % NW 4.6 Clouds % NW 5.7 Haze % WNW 5.1 Clouds % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Clouds % NW 5.7 Haze % West 4.6 Clouds % WNW 4.1 Haze % WSW 3.1 Clouds % West 3.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % WSW 2.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % West 3.6 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.6 Mist % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % East 1.5 Mist % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Mist % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Fog % Calm Calm Clouds % Calm Calm Clouds % WSW 2.1 Clouds % West 1 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % WSW 2.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % NW 2.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Clouds % West 2.1 Haze % WNW 4.1 Haze % SW 2.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % WSW 2.1 Clouds % NW 4.1 Haze % West 2.6 Clouds % NW 5.1 Haze % West 2.1 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 1.5 Haze % North 3.1 Haze % NE 1.5 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % NNE 1.5 Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % NW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % NW 3.1 Haze % Calm Calm Clouds % NW 3.1 Haze % SSW 2.1 Clouds % NNW 1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % NNW 3.6 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % NNW 1.5 Haze % SW 2.1 Fog % NNW 1 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Haze % SW 2.1 Fog % WSW 3.6 Haze % West 3.6 Fog % WSW 2.6 Haze

92 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 82 of % West 3.6 Haze % WSW 4.1 Haze % WSW 4.1 Haze % WSW 4.1 Clouds % West 3.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Clouds % WNW 3.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 5.7 Clouds % WNW 5.1 Clouds % WNW 5.7 Clouds % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 6.2 Clouds % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 4.6 Clouds % WNW 3.1 Clouds % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % NW 2.1 Haze % WNW 3.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % NW 3.6 Haze % NNW 6.2 Haze % NNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 6.7 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % NNW 4.1 Haze % NW 4.6 Haze % WNW 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % WNW 2.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 2.6 Haze % WSW 1.5 Fog % West 2.1 Haze % WSW 2.6 Fog % WSW 1.5 Fog % WSW 2.1 Fog % WSW 3.1 Fog % WSW 3.1 Haze % SW 3.6 Clouds % West 3.6 Haze % West 3.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % WNW 5.1 Haze % West 8.2 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % West 5.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 6.2 Haze % NW 5.1 Clouds % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 10.3 Dusty % NW 5.1 Haze % WNW 9.3 Dusty % NW 4.6 Haze % WNW 7.7 Dusty % WNW 3.1 Haze % WNW 5.1 Dusty % West 3.6 Haze % WNW 4.6 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 3.6 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze % West 4.1 Haze

93 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 83 of Noise Environment Noise pollution is most often and most simply defined as unwanted sound, which interferes with speech communication, cause annoyance, distracts from work, disturbs sleep and thus adversely affects the quality of human environment. In order to assess the existing noise level, noise monitoring was undertaken at both the strategic locations in the study area Community Noise The ambient noise level is characterized by significant variations above a base called a Residual Noise Level, below which the ambient noise does not seem to drop during a given time interval and is generally caused by unidentified distant sources. It differs in rural and urban areas. At night, its level is low due to lesser elements of noise Noise Levels for Residential, Commercial, Industrial & Silence Zones Noise criteria values are designed to protect the general public from physiological impairment resulting from excessive levels of noise. The criteria include environmental noise exposure limits to protect the general public and to provide guidance for land use planning. Noise level criteria given in the Central Pollution Control Board Standard prescribe the Maximum Noise Level for Residential, Commercial and Industrial & Silence Zones as under: Table-3.4 (a) Noise Level Criteria Maximum Noise Level (dba) Zones Day time Night time Residential Area Commercial Area Industrial Area Silence Zone Study Area The noise level was monitored at six locations as per the following description for 24 Hrs. time. Table-3.4 (b) Study area for Ambient Noise Level Station Location Description Geo-codes Code Latitude Longitude ANL-1 Machhghar (near Chandawali) Core Zone 28 18'39.5 N 77 22'23.8"E ANL-2 Atali Buffer Zone (5.7 km SE from CZ) 28 17'53.2 N 77 25'9.8"E ANL-3 Tigaon Buffer Zone (4.8 km NNE from CZ) 28 20'55.6 N 77 23'16.4"E ANL-4 Dig Buffer Zone (5.9 km SSW from CZ) 28 15'37.3 N 77 20'54.7"E ANL-5 Barauli Buffer Zone (7.6 km NNW from CZ) 28 22'27.9 N 77 20'23.7"E ANL-6 Sikri Buffer Zone (8.5 km SW from CZ) 28 16'31.8 N 77 17'19.7"E

94 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 84 of Monitoring Methodology Sound Pressure Level db (A) Leq. was measured using Sound Pressure Level Meter. Hourly cumulative L eq. values were taken for 24 Hrs (day & Night) from each strategic location. Monitoring data was processed statistically to estimate L min. L max. L day L night L dn Data Interpretation Observations noticed from the monitoring results summarised in following tables, can be illustrated as: Table-3.4 (c) Analysis of Ambient Noise Level data Time Hrs. Noise level (Cum.L eq ) ANL-1 ANL-2 ANL-3 ANL-4 ANL-5 ANL-6 Machhghar Atali Tigaon Dig Barauli Sikari L min L max L day L night L dn (a) (b) Core Zone of Project Area (ANL-1) Minimum and maximum Cumulative L eq. on hourly monitoring basis were observed respectively as 41.0 db (A) during hrs and 54.3 db(a) during hrs. Cumulative L eq during day time (L day ) were estimated 50.7 db(a), whereas same during the night time (L night ) have been estimated 42.7 db(a). The estimated value of L dn at this location is 47.8 db(a). Buffer Zone of Project Area (ANL-2) Minimum and maximum Cumulative L eq. on hourly monitoring basis were observed respectively as 41.8 db (A) during hrs and 53.0 db(a) during hrs. Cumulative L eq during day time (L day ) were estimated 50.8 db(a), whereas same during the night time (L night ) have been estimated 44.5 db(a). The estimated value of L dn at this location is 48.4 db(a).

95 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 85 of 210 (c) (d) (e) (f) Buffer Zone of Project Area (ANL-3) Minimum and maximum Cumulative L eq. on hourly monitoring basis were observed respectively as 41.8 db (A) during hrs and 54.0 db(a) during hrs. Cumulative L eq during day time (L day ) were estimated 51.2 db(a), whereas same during the night time (L night ) have been estimated 43.6 db(a). The estimated value of L dn at this location is 48.2 db(a). Buffer Zone of Project Area (ANL-4) Minimum and maximum Cumulative L eq. on hourly monitoring basis were observed respectively as 42.0 db (A) during hrs and 54.8 db(a) during hrs. Cumulative L eq during day time (L day ) were estimated 51.6 db(a), whereas same during the night time (L night ) have been estimated 43.9 db(a). The estimated value of L dn at this location is 48.7 db(a). Buffer Zone of Project Area (ANL-5) Minimum and maximum Cumulative L eq. on hourly monitoring basis were observed respectively as 42.2 db (A) during hrs and 54.0 db(a) during hrs. Cumulative L eq during day time (L day ) were estimated 51.4 db(a), whereas same during the night time (L night ) have been estimated 45.8 db(a). The estimated value of L dn at this location is 49.3 db(a). Buffer Zone of Project Area (ANL-6) Minimum and maximum Cumulative L eq. on hourly monitoring basis were observed respectively as 44.0 db (A) during hrs and 55.2 db(a) during hrs. Cumulative L eq during day time (L day ) were estimated 51.9 db(a), whereas same during the night time (L night ) have been estimated 46.5 db(a). The estimated value of L dn at this location is 49.9 db(a).

96 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 86 of 210 Table-3.4(d) Hourly Ambient Noise Level Data of Project Site Time Hrs. Noise level (Cum.L eq ) ANL-1 ANL-2 ANL-3 ANL-4 ANL-5 ANL-6 Machhghar Atali Tigaon Dig Barauli Sikari Day Night L min L max L day L night L dn

97 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 87 of Water Environment Water is one of the basic requirements for the development of any area and should be available in sufficient quantity for residential, commercial or industrial uses. The objective of water environment impact assessment is the evaluation of the nature and magnitude of changes in water environment indicators as a result of the existing/proposed projects. A very important concern relative to development of an area is the demand of water by the project & the resulting impacts on the quality of available supplies. It is, therefore, obvious that establishment or expansion of any project may result in the affliction of the water resources of the area. The extent to which surface and ground water resources can be impacted in terms of quantity and quality depends upon the total water requirements by the project, i.e. quantity and quality of existing water resources and quantity and quality of effluent discharge by the new project. Development of new project also increases the competitiveness of water uses for domestic, agricultural and industrial purposes. Therefore, study of water environment is very significant for preparation of the environment management plan before the expansion of any new installation/expansion of a project. It includes the study of natural environment of existing water scenario and prediction of likely impacts on it due to the upcoming installation / expansion of any project. In order to assess the availability & adequacy of water in terms of its quantity and quality, geo-hydrological data of the area needs to be analyzed Water Resources in the Project Area (a) Ground water availability in Faridabad District Ground water resources accumulated water below the ground surface, caused by rainfall and its subsequent percolation through pores and crevices. Percolated water accumulates till it reaches the impervious strata comprising of confined clay or confirmed rocks. Water quantity in Faridabad region is illustrated in table-3.5 (a) & (b), which indicates groundwater potential, stages of groundwater exploitation and annual natural recharge rate. Table-3.5 (a) Ground Water Quantity in Faridabad Resources Estimations Qty (ha m) Annual Replenishable Monsoon Recharge from rainfall Groundwater Resources Season Recharge from other sources Non-monsoon Recharge from rainfall 4567 Season Recharge from other sources Total Natural discharge during non-monsoon season 2899 Net groundwater availability Annual Groundwater Draft Irrigation Domestic & Industrial Uses 1002 Total Projected demand for domestic & industrial uses upto Groundwater availability for future irrigation Stage of groundwater development (%) 51 (Source : Dynamic Groundwater Resources of India (as on March-2004); CGWB)

98 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 88 of 210 Table-3.5 (b) Criteria for categorization of Assessment Units Stage of Groundwater Significant long-term decline Categorization Development Pre-monsoon Post-monsoon 70% No No Safe > 70% and 90% No No Safe Yes/ No No/ Yes Semi-critical > 90% and 100% Yes/ No No/ Yes Semi-critical Yes Yes Critical > 100% Yes/ No No/ Yes Over-exploited Yes Yes Over-exploited (Source : Dynamic Groundwater Resources of India (as on March-2004); CGWB) (b) Geo-hydrological survey in the Project Area Water table in the area varies from 20 m to 24 m below ground level. It is higher near Agra Canal. Potable water is available only at 70 to 80 m depth. The drawdown in water table is 10 to 12 m. The safe yield from tubewell can be estimated as to litres per hour. Keeping in view of above facts, it is essential to find out some external source to meet the water requirement. Agra canal, which flows nearby, contains highly polluted water and is not suitable for use. River Yamuna flowing on eastern side, also contains the contaminated water and is not suitable. The other source available is ground water in the sandy banks of river Yamuna. Radial collector wells which are more commonly known as Ranney wells, are found suitable at certain places to meet the water requirement in Faridabad town & Mewat area. Some tubewells have also been drilled along bank of river Yamuna. Basically source generation and providing bulk water supply, to be carried out under the External Development Head out of EDC funds. Accordingly, it is proposed to generate only 40% of the water from the local ground water source by drilling tubewells of appropriate size, depth and location based on the geo-hydrological survey. Balance 60% demand of water would be met from external source i.e From Radial Collector Wells (Ranney wells) By drilling battery of tubewells in river Yamuna bed

99 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 89 of Water Demand & Supply in the Project Area Water supply for the industrial township can be estimated based on the norms specified in the Manual for Water Supply published by the Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India. (a) Water demand for area under industries The industrial area, where different type of industries are to come up, has the varying water demand. Accordingly, the industries have been divided in two major groups: (i) Normal/ small industries with no specific demand of water for processing may require 45 lpcd. The employment may be to the extent of 250 PPA i.e 250 x 45 (lpcd) x 1.15 (unaccounted) = litres per acre in 60 % of the plotted area ( acres). (ii) In case of industries, where water is required for processing, the demand may vary to the larger extent. However, considering the average demand of such units as litres per acre in 40% of the plotted area. Thus, the average water demand would be : x x 0.6 = litre per acre. Hence the average water requirement for industrial area would litre per acre. (b) Water demand for area under group housing The norms adopted are 150 lpcd for population density of 250 PPA + 20% + 15% (unaccounted); 150 lpcd x 250 x 1.2 x 1.15 = litres (say litres/ acre). (c) Water demand for Institutions The institutional demand also varies from 70 lpcd to 450 lpcd as per the Manual of Water Supply. Taking the average demand of 150 lpcd with a population density of 100 PPA ± 20% + 15% (unaccounted); 150 lpcd x 100 x 1.2 x 1.15 = litres (say litres/ acre) (d) Water demand for other land uses Water requirement for Commercial area has been taken as litres/ acre. Water requirement for green area is taken as litres/ acre. Water requirement for public utilities & public buildings is taken as litres/ acre. Water requirement for area under multi level parking is taken as litres/ acre. Water requirement for area under idle parking, roads & open spaces is taken as litres/ acre. Water requirement for the area to be planned later has been taken as litres/ acre. Water requirement for area yet to be acquired is taken as litres/ acre. Fire fighting demand has been taken as litres/ 100 ha (e) Zoning of area & water demand The zoning of proposed industrial estate for the purpose of water supply has been given in table- 3.5 (c) and is comprised of Zone-1 ( acres), Zone-2 ( acres) and Zone-3 ( acres). The zone wise estimate of daily water demand has been given in table-3.5 (d), which indicates 9539 KLD for Zone-1, KLD for Zone-2 and KLD for Zone-3.

100 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 90 of 210 Table-3.5 (c) Zoning of area for water supply Description of Zone Zone-1 Zone-2 Zone-3 Sec-66 Sec-67 Part Agri Part Sec-71 Agri Sec-69 Sec-70 Sec-68 Zone Sec-68 Zone Area under industrial plot Area under group housing residential use Area under institutional use Area under commercial use Area under public utilities, public buildings etc Area under multi level parking Area under green belts Area under open spaces, idle parking, roads etc. Sub total Total Grand total Description of Zone Table-3.5 (d) Water Allowance (KL/ acre) Daily Water Requirement Zone-1 Zone-2 Zone-3 Water Area Water Area Reqmt. (Acre) Reqmt. (Acre) (KL) (KL) Area (Acre) Water Reqmt. (KL) Area under industrial plot Area under group housing residential use Area under institutional use Area under commercial use Area under public utilities, public buildings etc Area under multi level parking Area under green belts Area under open spaces, idle parking, roads etc. To be planned later Area of village Chandawali & area yet to be acquired Total Total area 1901 Total water requirement 39089

101 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 91 of 210 (f) Sector wise water demand estimations The sector-wise landuse for the purpose water demand calculations have been given in table-3.5 (e), whereas water demand estimations in accordance with designated landuse have been illustrated in table-3.5 (f) Table-3.5 (e) Sector wise landuse for water supply Schedule of area Sec-66 (acre) Sec-67 (acre) Sec-68 (acre) Sec-69 (acre) Sec-70 (acre) Sec-71 (acre) Agri Zone (acre) Total Area (acre) Area under acquisition To be planned later Net area planned Area under industrial plots Area under group housing Area under institutional use Area under commercial use Public utilities, pub. buildings etc Area under multi level parking Area under green belts Open spaces, idle parking, roads etc To be planned later Yet to be acquired Total Schedule of area Table-3.5 (f) Water Allow. KLD/ Acre Sector wise water demand for designated landuse Sec-66 Sec-67 Sec-68 Sec-69 Sec-70 Sec-71 (KLD) (KLD) (KLD) (KLD) (KLD) (KLD) Agri Zone (KLD) Fire fighting 220 KL/ ha Industrial plots Group housing residential use Institutional use Commercial use Public utilities, pub. buildings etc Multi level parking Green belts Open spaces, idle parking, roads etc To be planned later Yet to be acquired Total Table-3.5 (g) Net water demand & designated sources The horticulture demand and the demand of open area etc. to be met through the recycled water = (say KLD) The net water demand = KLD Demand to be met from local tubewells (40% of the total demand) KLD Net demand to be met from external source of Ranney wells and Battery of tube = KLD wells from Yamuna river bed It has been proposed that all plots of size 2 acres and above (79 Nos. with cumulative area of acres shall treat the wastewater to the extent of 30% of their discharge to cater for air conditioning, horticulture and extra demand for processing, if any. (g) Design of water supply network for proposed project It is proposed to generate only 40% of water from the local ground water source by drilling 25 Nos. tube wells of appropriate size, depth and location based on geo-hydrological survey. Demand to be met through local tubewells = KLD Net demand to be met from external sources like Ranney wells and Battery of tubewells from Yamuna river bed : = KLD.

102 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 92 of 210 Keeping in view of above facts it would be essential that external sources to be found out to meet water requirement. The other sources available would be ground water in the sandy bank of river Yamuna. Radial collector wells which are more commonly known as Ranney wells are more suitable to meet the water requirements. The source generation and providing bulk water supply has to be carried out under the External Development Head out of EDC funds (i) Design of Tubewells in the Project Site Area Water demand to be met through tubewells together with anticipated yield from one tubewell and hence number of tubewells to be required for proposed project, have been illustrated in table-3.5 (g). It is estimated that about KLD of water demand to be met through 25 Nos. of tubewells each having the yield of 480 KLD. Table-3.5 (h) Design of tubewells along the Mohna distributory & Agra canal Total water demand excluding the fire fighting demand KLD (39.09 MLD) Demand to be met from Local Tubewells (40%) KLD (11.55 MLD) Add 10% standby (12.70 MLD) Anticipated yield from one tubewell Rate litres/ hr Running hours 16 Hrs (Assumption) Yield from one tubewell litres (480 KLD) No. of tubewells needed / = 25 Nos. (ii) Design of External Sources (Ranney Wells & Tubewells along river Yamuna) Water demand to be met through Ranney wells and tubewells along river Yamuna has been described in table-3.5(i). It is estimated that KLD demand would be met through 2 Nos. of Ranney wells each having the yield of 7500 KLD. Water demand of 4067 KLD would be met through 6 Nos of tubewells each with the yield of 800 KLD along river Yamuna. Table-3.5 (i) Design of Ranney wells & tubewells along river Yamuna Water Demand to be met from Ranney wells & tubwells KLD Add 10% standby 1732 KLD Total Water Demand to be met from Ranney wells & tubewells KLD Anticipated yield from Ranney wells 7500 KLD No. of Ranney wells required 2 Nos Anticipated yield from one tubewell Rate litres/ hr along river Yamuna Running hours 16 Hrs (Assumption) Yield from one tubewell litres (800 KLD) No. of tubewells needed : / = 5.06 (say 6 Nos.) (f) Design of Tubewells As explained the tubewells upto 70 m to 80 m depth would be required to be drilled at suitable places in the local area. The drilling may be done in 22 to 24 dia unto m depth. The strainer depth would be provided in m depth depending upon the strata. To avail maximum yield, it is recommended to provide V wires strainer of 0.75 mm c/c instead of conventional strainers. It s recommended to provide the gravel size mm size. (g) Specifications of Ranney wells Ranney wells are radial collector wells consisting of a round concrete shaft 5 to 6 m in diameter, unto the water bearing aquifer, having the horizontal drains at the bottom of the shaft which draws water into the shaft, wherefrom it is pumped out. This is an economical method for extracting large quantity of water from a single vertical shaft and has advantage over the conventional tubewell system.

103 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 93 of 210 (h) Distribution mains/ distribution network The entire development is divided into three water supply zones as shown in the layout plan. Decentralized system is proposed to facilitate the distribution to have optimum efficiency. Each zone will have independent water works with an underground storage in the shape of one No. of UGT and OHSR each of 500 KL capacity to work as a balancing reservoir. Water would be collected in each UGT through rising mains from internal tubewells as well as from Ranney wells and battery of tube wells. The capacity of the UGT would be of 8 hrs storage of respective distribution zone. There would be a separate distribution system for multistoried buildings and the low height buildings, so that the quality of service is not hampered and individual plot holders will get terminal head of 17 M and will not have to pump the water for over head storage. For multi storied buildings, the water would be supplied at the ground level into their UGT and then be pumped into over head tank. This would facilitate in economizing the power consumption. The system has been designed in such a way to have least number of crossings of the existing gas pipelines. The zone wise water demand and the capacity of UGT and OHSR are given in following table: Zone Table-3.5 (j) Water Requirement in KLD Zone wise water demand & capacity of UGT & OHSR Net Storage Proposed Storage requirement Requirement OHSR in UGT in in KLD in KLD KLD KLD Requirement of open area & green area in KLD Internal W/S I = II = III = Total External W/S 3200 UGT for Recycled Water 3200 The UGT are for approximately 8 hours storage requirement on each internal water works. The UGT at the boosting station/ external water works close to Ranney wells have a capacity of 3200 KL which would be around 2 hrs requirement OHSR Three numbers of OHSRs of 500 KL capacity each to be used as balancing reservoir and to provide a static head at each of the three water works. UGT The UGT shall be designed as per the requirements

104 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 94 of 210 (i) Criteria for design of distribution network Distribution mains shall be designed for carrying capacity of minimum 250% of the average rate of supply. Hydraulic design of pressure pipes flowing under pressure have been designed based on modified Hazen Williams formula, which is expressed as below: V = 3.83 C R d (gs) / v CR = coefficient of roughness d = internal diameter of pipe in m g = acceleration due to gravity (9.81 m/s 2 ) s = friction slope v = viscosity of liquid (for water v is 10-6 m 2 /s) The distribution system is designed for the residual pressure of 17 m for industrial use at farthest point of the system considering the height of building not to be more than three storey. The separate distribution main from boosting station shall be laid for all multi storey group housing area and water shall be supplied at the ground level to avoid pressure loss/ head loss in the system and to achieve energy conservation. Parameters Design Variable Peak Factor 2.5 x Average flow Minimum size in distribution system 100 mm Water Supply distribution network, the storage and the boosting have been proposed as per HSIIDC/ HUDA norms. Design of rising main from tube wells & Renny wells to boosting stations : The pipeline shall be designed on the basis of 150% of the average flow. Rising main from boosting station to water works : This shall be based on 16 hours i.e 150% of the average discharge. Rising main from local tubewells from water works This shall be 150% of the average discharge. However, maximum 5 Nos. of tubewells shall be connectedto 1 rising main. The size and the thickness shall be as per design standards. 2 Nos. Ranney Wells + 6 Nos. Tubewells near Yamuna River External Water Works 25 Nos. Internal Tubewells Water Works I 4868 KLD Water Works II 9961 KLD Water Works III KLD Distribution Distribution Distribution

105 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 95 of Water Quality Assessment in the Project Area In order to assess the ground water & Surface water quality in the study area, water samples from different sources representative of the area were collected as per the description given in tables-3.5 (k). Table-3.5 (k) Description of Surface Water Sources Selected for the Study Source Source Description Location/ Village Geo-codes Code Latitude Longitude GW-1 Groundwater (120 ft) Barauli N E GW-2 Groundwater (90 ft) Tigaon N E GW-3 Groundwater (100 ft) Machhghar N E GW-4 Groundwater (70 ft) Atali N E GW-5 Groundwater (90 ft) Dig N E GW-6 Borewell (40 ft) Sikri N E SW-1 Surface Water Pond Water (Atali Village) N E SW-2 Surface Water Agra Canal Water (near Tigaon N E Road); U/S of proposed site SW-3 Surface Water Agra Canal Water (near Dig N E village); D/S of proposed site SW-4 Surface Water Yamuna River near Faizpur Khadar N E

106 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 96 of 210 (a) (i) Methodology for Sampling & Analysis Water Sampling Objective of water sampling is to collect a portion of water, small enough in volume to be transported conveniently to the laboratory, while still accurately representing the water source being sampled. For present study, samples from selected water sources were collected as per following guidelines Grab water samples were collected from the water sources as described above. Prior to sampling, sample containers were rinsed thoroughly with the water of the source being sampled. Collected samples were preserved as per the established guidelines and transported to the laboratory within the maximum permissible time limits. Samples for microbiological analysis were collected in clean, sterile bottle & transported to laboratory within maximum permissible time limits. (ii) Water Analysis Water samples were analysed for following constituents adhering to drinking water standard IS: & MOEF guidelines for discharge of effluents on Inland Surface Water. - Physical parameters - Inorganic non-metallic constituents - Toxic metals - Mineral oil, phenolic compounds & Anionic detergents - Coliform bacteria, MPN/100 ml All reagents used in analytical work were of AR grade or higher purity. HPLC grade water was used for reagent preparation & blank correction. Guidelines of following protocols were followed for water analysis Standard Method for Examination of Water & Wastewater; APHA, AWWA, WEF; Ed.21 st, Indian Standard Specification of Sampling & Analysis of Water & Wastewater; IS: 3025 (Relevant Parts). Indian Standard Specification for Method of Microbiological Analysis of Water; IS: (b) Discussion on Water Quality Results Analytical results of all the samples, as illustrated in following tables, can be summed up as (i) Physical Characteristics (Colour, Odour, Turbidity & Dissolved Solids) Following inferences can be drawn from the analytical values

107 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 97 of 210 Samples collected from locations of ground water i.e GW-1 to GW-6, have no color as revealed by the value below 5 Hazen units. However, sample collected from surface water sources have higher intensity of colour. Pond water (SW-1) was having a colour of 10 Hazen Unit. Colour of Agra Canal water at Upstream and downstream has been found 75 and 10 Hazan Units respectively. Yamuna river water was having colour of 75 Hazen Units. Except in case of sample GW-6 (24 NTU turbidity), all other samples drawn from groundwater sources have the turbidity in range of 4-8 NTU. Desirable limit of turbidity as per IS: is 5 NTU, whereas permissible limit in the absence of alternate source is 10 NTU. In case of samples drawn from surface water sources, turbidity values ranged between NTU. Both colour & turbidity in water, if present above the prescribed normal values, have unaesthetic impact on the consumers. Consumer acceptance decreases, if water have high colour & turbidity levels. ph value was found in range of in all the samples, which is the acceptable ph range. Except in case of GW-6 (TDS value 3420 mg/l), all the other water samples drawn from groundwater sources, were found having the TDS values ranging between mg/l. In case of surface water samples, values of TDS have been found ranging between mg/l. Desirable limit for TDS as per IS: is 500 mg/l & permissible limit of same is 2000 mg/l in the absence of alternate sources. TDS in all the water sample is below extended limit of 2000mg/l. If the level of TDS exceeds the normal values, it may cause gastro intestinal irritation & beyond the prescribed limit, TDS in water may reduce palatability on prolonged consumption of water. Table-3.5 (l) Physical properties of water Sample Code Colour, Hazen Unit Odour Turbidity NTU ph value Dissolved solids mg/l GW-1 <5 Unobjectionable GW-2 <5 Unobjectionable GW-3 <5 Unobjectionable GW-4 <5 Unobjectionable GW-5 <5 Unobjectionable GW-6 <5 Unobjectionable SW-1 10 Unobjectionable SW-2 75 Unobjectionable SW-3 10 Unobjectionable SW-4 75 Unobjectionable (ii) Inorganic non-metallic constituents Calcium, Magnesium, Chloride, Sulfate, Bicarbonate, Nitrate & Fluoride: Following inference can be drawn from the analytical values: Calcium (as Ca) results varied in the range of mg/l in all ground water samples except in case of GW-6, in which it has been found 380 mg/l. In case of surface water, calcium (as Ca) has been found varying between mg/l. Desirable limit of calcium in drinking water is 75 mg/l & permissible limit in the absence of alternate sources is 200 mg/l. Analysis results indicates that, calcium in all samples except GW-6 is found within the extended limit of calcium (i.e. 200mg/l) for drinking purpose in the absence of alternate source of water. Magnesium (as Mg) results varied in the range of mg/l in all ground water samples except in case of GW-6, in which it has been found 133 mg/l. In case of surface water,

108 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 98 of 210 magnesium (as Mg) has been found varying between mg/l. Desirable & permissible limits of Magnesium (as Mg) are 30 & 75 mg/l respectively. Higher concentration of calcium & magnesium in water may lead to encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use. Chlorides (as Cl) was found in range of mg/l in case of all the samples except in case of GW-6, in which it has been found 989 mg/l. In case of surface water, chloride has been found in range of mg/l. Desirable limit & permissible limits of same are 250 mg/l and 1000mg/l respectively. Beyond the permissible limits, taste, corrosion & palatability may be affected. Sulfate (as SO 4 ) was found in range of mg/l except in case of GW-6, in which it has been found 570 mg/l. In case of surface water, values of sulfates were found ranging between mg/l. Desirable limit & permissible limits of same are 200 mg/l and 400 mg/l respectively. Beyond the permissible limits, sulfate may cause gastro-intestinal irritation, when magnesium & sodium are also present. Desirable limit for Alkalinity as CaCO 3 in drinking water is 200 mg/l, whereas permissible limit in the absence of alternate sources is 600 mg/l. Analytical result indicates the values of alkalinity in range of mg/l in case of groundwater samples and ranging between mg/l in case of surface water samples. Beyond permissible limits of 100 mg/l, nitrate (as NO 3 ) may cause methaemoglobinemia. Analytical results suggests that nitrate in all the samples drawn from ground & surface water sources are found below the desirable limit of 45 mg/l except in case of GW-6, in which its value was found 110 mg/l.. Above permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l in drinking water, Fluoride may cause Fluorosis of varying nature. As indicated by analytical results, Fluoride (as F) was found ranging between mg/l in all samples drawn from the groundwater souses except in case of GW-3, where it was found 3.0 mg/l. In case of samples drawn from surface water sources, values of fluoride varies between mg/l. Table-3.5 (m) Inorganic non-metallic properties in surface water Parameters GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 Calcium (as Ca) Magnesium (as Mg) Chlorides (as Cl) Sulphate (as SO 4 ) Alkalinity (as CaCO 3 ) Nitrate (as NO 3 ) Fluoride (as F) (iii) Toxic metals If water sources are contaminated with toxic metals above the prescribed norms, water becomes toxic & in some cases carcinogenic. Following inference can be drawn from the analytical values: Mercury, Cadmium, Arsenic, Selenium and Hexavalent Chromium are found below the detection limit.

109 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 99 of 210 Manganese in all the samples drawn from groundwater sources were found in range <0.01 to 0.2 mg/l, except in case of GW-6, in which it was estimated 0.5 mg/l. In case of surface water sources, the values of manganese were found ranging between mg/l. The maximum permissible limit of manganese in drinking water is 0.3 mg/l. Copper in all samples drawn from both ground water and surface water sources, were found in ranges of <0.01 to 0.03 mg/l, which is below desirable limit of 0.05 mg/l. Lead is found in range of mg/l, which is below the desirable limit of 0.05 mg/l. Except in case of sample GW-2, where Zinc is found 1.0 mg/l, in all other samples (both ground water and surface water), the values of Zinc were found ranging between mg/l. It is well below the desirable limit of 5 mg/l in case of all the samples. Table-3.5 (n) Toxic metals in water Parameters GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 SW-1 SW-2 WQ-3 SW-4 Mercury (as Hg) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 Cadmium (as Cd) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Selenium (as Se) <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 Arsenic (as As) <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 Copper (as Cu) <0.01 < <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Lead (as Pb) Zinc (as Zn) Manganese (as Mn) < < Chromium(as Cr +6 ) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 (iv) Iron, Boron, Phenolic Compounds, Cyanide, Anionic Detergents, Mineral Oil & Aluminium In present study Boron was not detected in any of the sample. Cyanide, if present beyond the acceptable level, imparts toxicity in water. As evident from the analysis results, it was not detected in any of the sample. Phenolic compounds, if present in water beyond permissible level, may produce objectionable taste & odor as well as increase the toxicity of water. In present study concentration of these compounds are not detected in any of the water source. Anionic detergents, if found beyond the prescribed level, may cause froth in water & can form harmful by-products on chlorination of water source. These compounds were not detected in any of the sample analyzed in present study. Iron is not hazardous to health but aesthetic value of water may be reduced appreciably due to coloration of water, which may be yellowish brown to black and turbidity formed by precipitation of oxides. Excess iron in water imparts bitter characteristics & metallic taste. In addition, carrying capacity of pipeline in the distribution system may reduce due to the deposition of iron oxide & bacterial slimes as a result of the growth of microorganism (iron bacteria) in iron bearing water. Desirable limit of iron in water is 0.3 mg/l, whereas maximum permissible limit in the absence of alternate sources is 1.0-mg/l.

110 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 100 of 210 Except for water samples drawn from groundwater source GW-6, where Iron (as Fe) has been estimated 2.0 mg/l, in all other sources both ground as well as surface water, the values of iron (as Fe) were found ranging between 0.1 to 1.0 mg/l. Aluminium (as Al) was found below the detection level in case of all the samples, which is 0.02 mg/l. Table-3.5 (o) Iron, Phenolic Substances, Cyanide, Anionic Detergents, Mineral Oil, Aluminum & Boron in ground water Parameters GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 SW-1 SW-2 WQ-3 SW-4 Iron (as Fe) Phenols (as C 6 H 5 OH) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 Cyanide (as CN) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 An. detergents (MBAS) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 Mineral Oil <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < < Aluminium (as Al) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 Boron (as B) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 (v) Sodicity and Salinity Hazard of water Sodicity is a good indicator to assess the water quality for irrigation applications and is represented by percent sodium and sodium adsorption ratio. Based on sodicity, sodium hazard can be assessed though the suitability of irrigation water depending upon several other factors such as overall water quality, soil type, plant characteristics, irrigation method, drainage, climate etc. As far as water quality is concerned, following matrix can provide very useful information pertaining to Water Quality Rating (Sodicity and Salinity Hazard): Table-3.5 (p) Sodicity & Salinity Hazard Rating WQ Class Percent Sodium SAR EC Low <20 <10 <1500 Medium High Very High >60 >26 >6000 Analysis results of the project area reveals that groundwater except that drawn from GW-2 & GW-3, which has high percent sodium, all other samples are rated as low to medium sodium hazard. Table-3.5 (q) Percent Sodium and SAR of Water Source Type Location Code %Sodium SAR Ground Water GW Ground Water GW Ground Water GW Ground Water GW Ground Water GW Ground Water GW Surface Water SW Surface Water SW Surface Water SW Surface Water SW

111 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 101 of 210 (vi) Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand and Chemical Oxygen Demand Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) is the indicator of the organic pollution. It includes carbonaceous matter in biodegradable state. BOD of pond water is found 23 mg/l, whereas that in case of river Yamuna its value is observed 18 mg/l. BOD values in case of Agra Canal upstream & downstream have been found 15 & 16 mg/l respectively. COD in all samples found ranging between mg/l. Table-3.5 (s) Pollution Indicators of Water Source Type Location Code BOD 5d/20 C COD Surface Water SW Surface Water SW Surface Water SW Surface Water SW (vii) Microbiological quality Water samples should be free from coliform bacteria. In present study, water samples drawn from ground water sources GW-2, GW-4, GW-5 & GW-6 were found free from microorganisms. In other samples, microorganisms were found ranging between 94-9 x 10 4 organisms / 100 ml of samples. E.coli was not detected in any of sample of groundwater, however it has been found positive in case of surface water samples.. Table-3.5 (t) Microbiological Quality of Water Source Type Location Code MPN Coliform; Organisms/ 100 ml Test for detection of E.coli Ground Water GW Negative Ground Water GW-2 No growth - Ground Water GW-3 94 Negative Ground Water GW-4 No growth - Ground Water GW-5 No growth - Ground Water GW-6 No growth - Surface Water SW Positive Surface Water SW-2 7 x 10 4 Positive Surface Water SW Positive Surface Water SW x 10 4 Positive NG: No Growth Observed

112 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 102 of 210 Table 3.5 (u) Detailed Analysis Results of water (GW-1, GW-2 & GW-3) Sl. Parameters Units Location Code GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 1. Colour, Hazen Unit Hazen Units <5 <5 <5 2. Odour - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3. Turbidity NTU ph value Total Hardness (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Iron (as Fe) mg/l Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l Fluoride (as F) mg/l Dissolved solids mg/l Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l Calcium (as Ca) mg/l Copper (as Cu) mg/l Manganese (as Mn) mg/l < Sulphate (as SO 4 ) mg/l Nitrate (as NO 3 ) mg/l Phenolic Compds. (as C 6 H 5 OH) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 < Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 < Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Selenium (as Se) mg/l <0.005 <0.005 < Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.005 <0.005 < Cyanide (as CN) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Lead (as Pb) mg/l Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents, (MBAS) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Chromium (as Cr +6 ) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Mineral Oil mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Alkalinity (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Aluminium (as Al) mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < Boron (as B) mg/l <1 <1 <1 30. Sodium (as Na) mg/l Potassium (as K) mg/l MPN Coliform/ 100 ml Organisms/ 100 ml 542 No growth Test for detection of E.coli - Negative - Negative

113 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 103 of 210 Table 3.5 (v) Detailed Analysis Results of water (GW-4, GW-5 & GW-6) Sl. Parameters Units Location Code GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 1. Colour, Hazen Unit Hazen Units <5 <5 <5 2. Odour - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3. Turbidity NTU ph value Total Hardness (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Iron (as Fe) mg/l Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l Fluoride (as F) mg/l Dissolved solids mg/l Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l Calcium (as Ca) mg/l Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.01 <0.01 < Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.07 < Sulphate (as SO 4 ) mg/l Nitrate (as NO 3 ) mg/l Phenolic Compds. (as C 6 H 5 OH) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 < Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 < Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Selenium (as Se) mg/l <0.005 <0.005 < Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.005 <0.005 < Cyanide (as CN) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Lead (as Pb) mg/l Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents, (MBAS) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Chromium (as Cr +6 ) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Mineral Oil mg/l <0.01 <0.01 < Alkalinity (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Aluminium (as Al) mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < Boron (as B) mg/l <1 <1 <1 30. Sodium (as Na) mg/l Potassium (as K) mg/l MPN Coliform/ 100 ml Organisms/ 100 ml No growth No growth No growth 33. Test for detection of E.coli

114 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 104 of 210 Table 3.5 (w) Detailed Analysis Results of water (SW-1, SW-2, SW-3 & SW-4) Sl. Parameters Units Location Code SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 1. Colour, Hazen Unit HU Odour - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3. Turbidity NTU ph value Total Hardness (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Iron (as Fe) mg/l Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l Fluoride (as F) mg/l Dissolved solids mg/l Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l Calcium (as Ca) mg/l Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.1 <0.01 <0.01 < Manganese (as Mn) mg/l Sulphate (as SO 4 ) mg/l Nitrate (as NO 3 ) mg/l Phenolic Compds. ( C 6 H 5 OH) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < Selenium (as Se) mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 < Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 < Cyanide (as CN) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < Lead (as Pb) mg/l Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents, (MBAS) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < Chromium (as Cr +6 ) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < Mineral Oil mg/l < < Alkalinity (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Aluminium (as Al) mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 < Boron (as B) mg/l <1 <1 <1 <1 30. Sodium (as Na) mg/l Potassium (as K) mg/l COD mg/l BOD 5d/20 C mg/l MPN Coliform/ 100 ml Organisms x x Test for detection of E.coli - Positive Positive Positive Positive

115 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 105 of Wastewater Collection & Treatment It is assumed that the General Industries would come up in the area and as such all the planning & designing has been proposed accordingly. (a) (i) Guidelines for planning of sewerage Design criteria The system will be designed as per the guidelines laid in the Manual of Water Supply & Sewerage published by Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India. The industries would treat their total wastewater to the extent to make it fit to be discharged into the Public Sewer as per guidelines laid in manual. The bigger plot holders (higher than 1 acre) shall treat atleast 30% of the discharge to the extent of tertiary level treatment for the use as recycled water for air conditioning, horticulture & additional industrial demand. The site of Common Effluent Treatment Plant has been proposed in land marked for utilities in Sector-71. The horticulture demand of water shall be met by recycling of wastewater up to tertiary treatment level. (ii) (iii) Salient Features are summarized below: It is assumed that 75% of water supplied will find its way into sewerage system excluding horticulture demand. Peak flow during morning & evening hours will be 3 times the average flow. Peak flow in the main sewers will be 3 times the average flow. Infiltration of ground water is 25% of average flow. The spacing of manholes is based on plot width and their zoning. Summary of the waste water generation by proposed project Data as illustrated in table-3.6 (a) can be summarized as: Total average waste water generated per day = KLD Waste water generated by 79 bigger plots = 4410 KLD 30% to be treated within the plot = 1323 KLD Net waste water available = = KLD Waste water Treatment plants to be installed in 2 module of KLD each as its expected that demand may rise gradually in 10 years.

116 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 106 of 210 Under acquisition Sec-66 Sec-67 Sec-68 Sec-69 Sec-70 Sec-71 Agri Zone Total Area Table-3.6 (a) Wastewater generation during the operational phase of the proposed project Schedule of area Area in acres Water allowance KLD/ acre Water Req Ave. Waste water flow 75% KL To be planned later Net area planned Under industrial plots Under group housing residential use Under institutional use Under commercial use Under public utilities, public buildings etc. Under multi level parking Under belts Under spaces, parking, etc. green open idle roads To be planned later Area of village Chandawali & area yet to be acquired Total Ave. generation of waste water by 79 plot holders

117 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 107 of 210 (b) (i) Design of Wastewater Collection System Design Parameters The parameters to be followed for the design and operation of wastewater collection network and appurtenances have been presented in following table: Table-3.6 (b) Design parameters for wastewater collection network Sl. Description Design Criteria 1. Type of collection system separate system for wastewater & storm water 2. Design period 30 years for sewers & appurtenances 15 years for pumps & electric equipments 3. Wastewater flow 75% use of water supplied 4. Peak factor 3 5. Self cleansing velocity 0.60 m/s 6. Scouring velocity 3.00 m/s 7. Flow conditions in pipe 0.8 full running 8. Minimum size of pipe 300 mm 9. Minimum depth of sewer 0.9 M from formation level 10. Infiltration factor Add 25% of average discharge (for subsoil saturation conditions etc.) 11. Hydraulic formula for calculation for design of sewer lines Manning s formula V = 1/n (S 2/3 S 1/2 ) V = Velocity, R = Hydraulic mean depth (A/P), S = Slope 12. Manning s Coefficient n Shape of sewers Circular 14. Material of Sewers SW pipe class A upto 600 mm & RCC pipe NP4 above 600 mm & above with black coating inside 15. Location of sewers on roads One side of road The other side connections shall be made through service manholes/ lamp holes before lying of roads The collection system shall be designed for 3 times average discharge including 1323 KLD, which is proposed to be treated within the plots and recycled. (c) Wastewater Treatment Waste water treatment is the process by which the majority of the contaminants can be removed from wastewater or sewage so that treated water can be suitable disposed off at designated landuse. To be effective, sewage must be conveyed to a treatment plant by appropriate pipe and conveyance system. The adequacy study must be carried out to ensure the effectiveness of process and infrastructure to treat the sewage and effluent to meet the regulatory compliance. (d) Industrial water treatment Water treatment is required to treat industrial water for various applications like heating, cooling, processing, cleaning, etc. so that operating cost and risks are reduced. The industrial water treatment can be classified into following categories: Boiler water treatment Cooling water treatment Wastewater treatment In many cases, effluent water from one process might be suitable for reuse in another process somewhere else in the site. With the adequate treatment, a significant proportion of industrial

118 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 108 of 210 on-site wastewater can be reused. The optimization of water usage in this way will not only helps in reduction in effluent discharge but also facilitate in reduction in resource consumption. The treatment processes must be selected on the basis of composition, characteristics and concentration of materials present in solution or suspension. The processes are classified as pretreatment, preliminary, primary, secondary or tertiary treatment depending on type, sequence and method of removal of harmful and unacceptable constituents. Pretreatment processes equalizes flow & loading and precondition wastewater to neutralizes or remove toxics and industrial wastes that could adversely affect sewers or inhibit operational performance. (e) Preliminary treatment processes protect plant mechanical equipment; remove extraneous matter such as grit, trash and debris, reduce odors and render incoming sewage more amenable to subsequent treatment and handling. Primary treatment involves mechanical and physical unit processes to separate and remove floatable and suspended solids prior to biological treatment. Secondary treatment utilizes aerobic microorganisms in biological reactors to feed on dissolved and colloidal organic matter. Microorganisms facilitates the digestion of organic matter and consequently reduction in BOD & Suspended Solids and thus forms the organic flocs which can be removed in settling tank. Tertiary treatment or advanced treatment facilitates in removal of specific residual substances, trace organic materials, nutrients and other constituents that can not be removed by biological process. Characteristics of Composite Untreated Effluent The expected characteristics of composite equalized untreated/ raw effluent containing both industrial and domestic wastewater are given in following table: Table-3.6 (c) Characteristics of composite untreated effluent Sl. Parameter Values 1. ph Total Suspended Solids, mg/l Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), mg/l Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD 3/27 C ), mg/l Oil & grease, mg/l The Common Effluent Treatment Plant would have following treatment units: Screen Chamber Oil cum grease removal traps Grit removal system/ pre-settlers Pump House-1 Equalization Tank Chemical house-chemical store, solution tanks & dosing pumps Flash mixing tanks Flocculation Tank Primary clarifier Aeration Tank

119 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 109 of 210 Secondary clarifier Return Activated Sludge (RAS) Pump House-2 Sludge handling system-filter Press Tertiary Treatment Pump House-3 Dual Media Pressure Filters Wet sludge pit and Pump House-4 Dry Sludge Storage The combined effluent from contributing units shall be conveyed under gravity flow through sewer lines approaching to CETP area. A sluice gate shall be provided in the main inlet channel. Effluent shall pass through bar screen (manual cleaned) for removal of coarse floating matter. Bar screens would be cleaned regularly in order to prevent surge in level / accumulation of influent into the sewers. The effluent shall enter into wet well and pumped into elevated receiving chamber followed by oil & grease traps. The pumps shall be fitted with online flow meters and linked to level controllers with automatic shut down functions. Equalization tank of sufficient capacity to be provided to dampen the variations in terms of volume and strength and to achieve consistent effluent quality in downstream processes. The combined effluent from equalization tank would flow under gravity into three stage flash mixer followed by flocculation tank. Chemical solutions such as ferrous sulphate and lime are to be added in the first two flash mixer and poly-electrolyte solution into the flocculation tank with the help of dosing pumps attached to chemical dosing tanks. Mixing in dosing tanks and flash mixers shall be done through mixers. The chemicals with effluent get completely mixed by rapid mixing in flash mixers whereas slow mixing in flocculation tank allows formation of bigger size flocs which facilitates the rapid settling in primary clarifier. The ph of the mixture of ferrous sulphate and effluent in flash mixer has to be maintained around 8.5 by adjusting dosing of lime solution. After floc formation, this mixture enters into primary clarifier where sludge settles at bottom and the clear effluent collected through launders flows into aeration tank. The sludge from the primary clarifier is withdrawn into wet sludge pit with the help of valve provided in the valve chamber. In addition to colour and suspended solids removal, physico-chemical treatment would remove about 20% of BOD load of raw effluent. The remaining portion of soluble BOD & COD load (organic material present in effluent) would be removed by biological treatment process. The chemically treated effluent from primary clarifier would be subjected to aerobic biological treatment (activated sludge process) in the aeration tank for removal of residual BOD & COD load up to a desired level. Activated sludge process (ASP) involves the oxidation of biodegradable matter into carbon dioxide, water and bio-cell mass. The cell mass concentration in the aeration chamber is maintained at required level by optimizing the flow rate of sludge recycling from the secondary clarifier. Proper mixing of bio-cell mass with the effluent and necessary oxygen supply for oxidation of bio-degradable matter by aerobic bio-mass in aeration tank is done by means of Activated sludge process with fixed type mechanical surface aerators.

120 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 110 of 210 The biological activities of microbes requires nutrients i.e nitrogen and phosphorous which are vital for the growth of new cells in the effluent. The required DAP and urea shall be added for this purpose. The mixture of treated effluent and bio-mass from the aeration tank would flow into secondary clarifier for separation of bio-mass in the form of sludge. The settled active bio-mass at the bottom of secondary clarifier would be swept by mechanical scrapper into a sludge well provided at the central position of clarifier. The sludge slurry has to be collected under gravity into RAS pump sump, where from active sludge would be recycled into the aeration tank with the help of pumps so as to maintain the required degree of MLVSS and excess part (waste sludge) would be sent into wet sludge collection pit. The treated effluent water over flowing from secondary clarifier outlet launder shall pass through a long channel fitted with 90 V-notch for flow measurement and then it would be collected into Tertiary Treatment pump house for filtration. The treated effluent would meet the effluent discharge standards as shown in following table subject to compliance with following: The implementation of treatment scheme in totality (CETP units matching with sizes, shapes/ configuration as per the Technical Feasibility Report). Total daily discharge of untreated effluent (combined influent to CETP) does not exceed 6.25 MLD (6250 m 3 /d). Regular operation of plant Adequacy study of plant Table-3.6 (d) Effluent discharge criteria Sl. Parameters Value 1. ph Total Suspended Solids, mg/l 100, max 3. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 250, max 4. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD 3/27 C ), mg/l 30, max 5. Oil & grease, mg/l 10, max 6. Sulphates (as SO 4 ), mg/l 1000, max 7. Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l 2.0, max 8. Phenolic Compounds (as C 6 H 5 OH), mg/l 1.0, max

121 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 111 of 210

122 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 112 of Land Environment Land is a major source of livelihood for the population through agriculture and allied activities. Exponential population growth over the years resulted in the more demand for land, water and biological resources, thereby exerting tremendous pressure on land. Every piece of land has its own carrying capacity in terms of support and assimilation. Land is a finite resource and put to many competing uses. It comprises of soils, minerals, water and biota. Agenda 21 of WSSD recognizes the need to allocate land for sustainable uses and promote the integrated planning and management of land resources and emphasizes on the following specific initiatives pertaining to sustainable use of land: (a) (b) (c) Encourage adoption of science-based, and traditional sustainable land use practices through research and development, pilot scale demonstrations, and large scale dissemination, including farmer s training, and where necessary, access to institutional finance. Promote reclamation of wasteland and degraded forestland through formulation and adoption of multistakeholder partnerships involving the land owning agency, local communities, and investors. Prepare and implement thematic action plans for arresting and reversing desertification. The degradation of land, through soil erosion, alkali-salinization, water logging, pollution, and reduction in organic matter content has several proximate and underlying causes. The proximate causes include erosion by surface water run-off and winds, excessive use of irrigation, improper and indiscriminate use of agricultural chemicals, diversion of animal wastes for domestic fuel (leading to reduction in soil nitrogen and organic matter), and disposal of industrial and domestic wastes on productive land. These in turn are driven by implicit and explicit subsidies for water, power, fertilizer and pesticides, and absence of conducive policies and regulatory systems to enhance people s incentives for afforestation and forest conservation Faridabad Land Environment : Geography & Geology Faridabad is situated on the Delhi Mathura National Highway No. 2 at a distance of 32 km. from Delhi, at 28 25'16" north latitude and 77 18'28" east longitude. The town is bounded on the north by Delhi State, on the east by Agra and the Gurgaon canals and on the west by the Aravali Hills. The Yamuna flows very near to the city at its northern side and moves away as it goes south. The major part of Faridabad city is underlain by Quaternary Alluvium consisting of sand, clay and silt. In the western and northwestern part of the town, the quartzite ridges of the Delhi system can the observed. Along the Yamuna flood plain towards the eastern part of the town, the younger alluvium is mainly sandy with a thickness of about m. The main water-bearing horizons (aquifers) consisting of a sandy layer is generally confined to 60 m below ground level. Beyond this depth alluvium is more clayey and generally aquifers are not potential water sources even though depth of bedrock is more than 200 m. The limited thickness of aquifers further restricts the development of ground water on a large scale. In the Delhi quartzites, the

123 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 113 of 210 availability of ground water is also limited and is controlled by secondary permeability imparted by joints and fractures Landuse in the Project Area Land use data comprising of total geographical area of villages, forest land, area irrigated by source, un-irrigated area, culturable wasteland and area not available for cultivation, has been extracted from the census record of Faridabad district. Study has been carried out in case of villages those comes under 10-km radius of core zone of proposed project activity. (a) Land-use in 10-km buffer zone of the project area Total area of villages in 10-km radius is ha, out of which 82.80% land is irrigated by source, whereas 4.92% is the unirrigated area. Culturable Wasteland constitutes 2.11% of the total land, whereas 10.17% area is not available for the cultivation. Table-3.7 (a) Landuse in 10 km buffer zone of the Project Area Description Area (ha) %age of Geographical Area Geographical Area (Villages) Forest Land 0 0 Irrigated by source Government Canal Private Canal Well (without electricity) Well (with electricity) Tubewell (without electricity) Tubewell (with electricity) Tank River Lake Waterfall Others Total Irrigated Area Un-irrigated Area Culturable Wasteland Area not available for cultivation

124 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 114 of 210 Unirrigated Area 2.27% Culturable Wasteland 0.97% Area not available for cultivation 4.68% Forest land 0.00% Irrigated by source 92.08% Soil Quality Soil represents the loose and unconsolidated materials derived through the disintegration of rocks. The soil comprises of natural body of animal, mineral and organic constituents differentiated into horizons of variable depth, which differ from the material underneath in morphology, physical make up, chemical properties & composition and biological characteristics. Soil serves as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crops and provide mechanical anchorage thereto. The impact of pollutants on soil quality may be a rather slow process but it may be of greater concern in the long run. The percolation of pollutants, may get accumulated in the soil and ultimately affect its quality. (a) Investigation of Soil Quality in Study Area To investigate the existing soil quality of the study area, five samples of soil from different locations along the route of pipeline, were collected to cover important aspects of physical and chemical properties of soil quality therein. Samples were collected as per the following details:

125 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 115 of 210 Table-3.7 (b) Description of Soil Quality Sampling Locations for the Study Station Location Description Geo-codes Code Latitude Longitude SQ-1 Machhghar Core Zone 28 18'36.6" 77 22'28.0" SQ-2 Atali Buffer Zone (5.1 km SE from CZ) 28 17'52.5" 77 24'34.5" SQ-3 Tigaon Buffer Zone (4.0 km NNE from CZ) 28 20'40.3" 77 24'1.6" SQ-4 Dig Buffer Zone (6.4 km SSW from CZ) 28 15'35.3" 77 20'40.3" SQ-5 Barauli Buffer Zone (8.0 km NNW from CZ) 28 21'44.2" 77 20'34.6" (b) (i) Methodology for Investigation Sampling Soil sampling from each strategic point was carried out by adopting established sampling procedures given in the BIS Specifications. Undisturbed soil samples representatives of the area as described in table- 3.7 (b), were collected by means of soil auger. Sub-surface samples were taken at the depth of 15 cm. (ii) Analysis Analysis of collected soil samples was carried out using the methodologies given in various relevant protocols as specified in table-3.7 (c).

126 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 116 of 210 Parameters Table-3.7 (c) Test Methods/ Protocols for Soil Quality Analysis Test Method/ Protocol ph (30 gm in 75 ml water) Electrical Conductivity (1:5 ratio) Nitrate as N Phosphate as P 2 O 5 Organic Carbon Available Nitrogen as N Available Phosphorous as P Available Potassium as K Sodium as NaO Potassium as K 2 O Total Hydrocarbons (Solvent Extractable Matter) Iron as Fe 2 O 3 Aluminium as Al 2 O 3 Manganese as Mn Zinc as Zn Copper as Cu Water Holding Capacity Coefficient of Permeability Texture Particle Sizes/ Sand Texture Silt Clay IS:2720 (Pt-26) Conductivity meter/ APHA 21 st Edition APHA 21 st Edition Gravimetric IS:2720 Pt-22 Kjeldahl method Olsen s method Ammonium Acetate Method APHA 21 st Ed APHA 21 st Ed Solvent Extraction APHA 21 st Ed APHA 21 st Ed APHA 21 st Ed APHA 21 st Ed APHA 21 st Ed Mechanical IS:2720Pt-17 IS : 2720 ( Pt-IV) IS:2720 (Pt-IV) Mechanical, physical and titrimetric, gravimetric and instrumental methods were used for analysis. HPLC grade water was used for reagent preparation & blank correction. Analytical Reagent (AR) grades or pure quality chemicals were used in analysis. (c) Discussion on Results Analytical results of all the soil samples analyzed hereunder are summarized in table-3.7 (f). (i) Physical Properties Soil Texture : The soil texture indicates the coarseness or fineness of the soil and largely depends upon the amount & quantity of size group of particle that constitute the soil. The soil texture in the study area was observed in the category of Silty sand. ph value : The most important property of soil as a medium for plant growth is its ph value (determined. ph value observed in the study area was found in range of and can be considered good enough for fertility. ph of the soil significantly affects plant growth, primarily as a result of change in availability of both the essential elements, such as phosphorous and most of micro nutrients as Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo & Zn, as well as non essential elements like aluminium. ph of the soil also affects microbial population growth.

127 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 117 of 210 (ii) Electrical conductivity is another parameter to assess the magnitude of soluble salts in the sample of soil. EC of collected soil samples (determined in the ratio of 1:5) varied in range of µmhos/cm. EC suggests that level of deleterious matter in samples drawn from agricultural land is not in excessive ranges. Nutrients Primary Nutrients : Phosphorus and potassium are the primary nutrients in soil. Phosphates in collected samples of soil, particularly from the agriculture land, was found in range of % by mass, when estimated as (P 2 O 5 ), whereas potassium (as K 2 O) was found between % by mass. Available Nutrients : Available nitrogen is found in range of kg/ha, which indicates low to medium rating. Available phosphorous has been estimated in range of kg/ha, thereby indicating low to medium rating. Available potassium is estimated in range of kg/ha, thereby indicating low to medium rating. Organic Carbon : Organic carbon in all the samples was found in range of % by mass, thereby indicating low rating with respect to this parameter. Table-3.7 (d) Test Methods/ Protocols for Soil Quality Analysis Parameter SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5 Organic Carbon, % by mass Available nitrogen (alkaline KMnO 4 -N) (kg/ha) Available phosphorous (Olsen s P) (kg/ha) Available potassium (Amm.acetate-K) (kg/ha) Table-3.7 (e) Soil Quality Rating for available nutrients & organic carbon Parameter Rating Low Medium High Organic Carbon, % by mass < >0.75 Available nitrogen (alkaline KMnO 4 -N) (kg/ha) < >580 Available phosphorous (Olsen s P) (kg/ha) < >25 Available potassium (Amm.acetate-K) (kg/ha) < >280 Analytical results, in general, as discussed above suggests that, the soil quality in samples drawn from agricultural land as well as open uncultivated area, contains optimum level of plant nutrients and other components required for the soil for agricultural purposes.

128 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 118 of 210 Parameters Table-3.7 (f) Soil Quality Results in Project Area (SQ-1 to SQ-5) Sample Code SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5 ph (30 gm in 75 ml water) Electrical Conductivity (1:5 ratio) Nitrate as N, % by mass Phosphate as P 2 O 5, % by mass Organic Carbon, % by mass Available Nitrogen as N, mg/kg Available Phosphorous as P, mg/kg Available Potassium as K, mg/kg Sodium as NaO, % by mass Potassium as K 2 O, % by mass Total Hydrocarbons (Solvent Extractable Matter), mg/kg Iron as Fe 2 O 3, % by mass Aluminium as Al 2 O 3, % by mass Manganese as Mn, mg/kg Zinc as Zn, mg/kg Copper as Cu, mg/kg Water Holding Capacity, % Coefficient of Permeability k, cm/s 4.9 x x x x x 10-5 Texture Silty Silty Silty Silty Silty sand sand sand sand sand Particle Sizes/ Texture Sand, % by mass Silt, % by mass Clay, % by mass

129 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 119 of Socio-Economic Environment Context Impact on socio-economic environment in the vicinity of any project, revolves around the mode of change that is likely to occur due to the beneficial and adverse effects arising out of the project activity. Generally, implementation of project activities results in a change in socioeconomic profile of the surrounding area due to change in land use pattern, operation and maintenance of the project, change in the occupational pattern of the local residents, boost in the local economy due to employment opportunities, increased business, improved infrastructure etc. Due to this change basic amenities needs improvement so as to keep pace with the industrial development. The present study has been conducted to visualize and predict the impact on the socio economic environment due to the proposed development of the industrial estate of HSIIDC at IMT Faridabad. Efforts have been made to assess the existing socio-economic status of the study area, which will help in suggesting a viable Environment Management Plan, so as to mitigate the adverse impacts, if any, on the socio-economic environment. Therefore assessment of such an impact calls for collection of the baseline on the socio-economic profile Baseline Information As an integral part of the EIA study, baseline information is collected to define the socioeconomic profile of the study area. In order to assess socio-economic status in the project area, study has been carried out in core zone and within 10-km radius of the core zone thereby representing the buffer zone of the proposed project activity. The database of human interest thus collected (based on Census-2001) includes following attributes: Demographic structure viz. number of house holds, total population, scheduled caste & scheduled tribes fraction of the population, literacy rate and occupational status. Provision of basic amenities. Baseline health and medical facilities. All the information, as indicated above, has been retrieved from Census of India-2001 as well as Statistical Handbooks of the area Demographic Structure The salient features of demographic structure in the project area are described below: (a) Population Total population in the buffer zone (10 km radius) is comprising of males & females. Population of <6 years category is comprising of males and females. Population in the buffer zone of project area is 8.2% of the total population of Faridabad district.

130 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 120 of 210 Table-3.8 (a) Population profile in the study area Landuse representing Study area No. of Households Total Population Total Male Total Female Population <6 years Male <6 years Female <6 years Project Area (Buffer Zone) 10-km radius of core zone Faridabad Rural District Urban Total (b) Sex Ratio Sex Ratio in the study area (buffer zone of proposed project) is estimated 851 females per 1000 males. In case of population <6 years, it has been found 829 females per 1000 males. Sex Ratio in entire Faridabad district has been found 839 females per 1000 males in case of total population and 850 females per 1000 males in case of population <6 years. As per the Census-2001, Sex Ratio in Haryana has been estimated 861 and that in case of India it has been estimated 933. Trend of Sex Ratio in the project area km radius of core zone of project area Faridabad District Haryana India

131 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 121 of 210 Landuse Table-3.8 (b) Sex Ratio in the study area Sex Ratio (No. of females/ 1000 males) Total Population Population <6 yrs 10-km radius of core zone of project area Faridabad District Haryana India (c) SC & ST Population Population of schedule castes in the buffer zone of the project area is 21.1% of total population, whereas there is no population in the category of schedule tribe. SC population in the entire Faridabad district has been estimated as 14.2%. Landuse Table-3.8 (c) Trend of SC/ST population in the study area Population of SC/ST vis-a-vis total population SC (%) ST (%) 10-km radius of core zone of project area Faridabad District (d) Literacy Rate (LR) Literacy Rate in the study area was estimated as 67.79%. Male LR was estimated % whereas female LR has been found 51.15%. The overall Literacy Rate in the study area has been found higher than that of India but lower than that of Haryana State and Faridabad district. Table-3.8 (d) Trend of Literacy Rate (LR) in the study area Landuse No. of Literate Literacy Rate Person Male Female Person Male Female 10-km radius of core zone of project area Faridabad District Haryana India

132 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 122 of Literacy Rate in the Project Area Literacy Rate (%) km radius of core zone of project area Faridabad District Haryana India Person Male Female (e) Population Density Population Density (PD) of the study area (within 10 km radius of the core zone) has been estimated 717, whereas same in the Faridabad district (rural) has been observed 667. Table-3.8 (e) Population Density in the project area Landuse Population Density per sq.km 10-km radius of core zone of project area 717 Faridabad District (Rural) 667 (f) Work Participation Rate (WPR) Work is the participation in any economical productive activity. Work may be physical or mental in nature. It involves not only actual work but also effective supervision and direction of work. Work may be paid or unpaid. Percentage of working population to the total population is termed as Work Participation Rate (WPR). The summary of workers in the study zone is given as below: Total Workers Main workers and marginal workers are together called the total workers. Main Worker A person who has worked for a major part of the year preceding the date of enumeration i.e. one who was engaged in any economically productive activity for six months or more, in the previous year.

133 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 123 of 210 Marginal Worker A person who has done some work in the year proceeding the date of enumeration but does not qualify to be called a main worker. Period of work is less than six months. Non Worker A person who has not worked at all in the year preceding the date of enumeration Work Participation Rate in the Project Area WPR (%) km radius of core zone of project area Faridabad District Person Male Female WPR in Project Area WPR in the buffer zone (10-km radius of core zone) of proposed project area is estimated, as 47.9%, while WPR in case of males is 58.0%, that in case of females is 36.0%. Table-3.8 (f) Trend of WPR in the study area Landuse Work Participation Rate (WPR) % Person Male Female 10-km radius of core zone of project area 47.9% 58.0% 36.0% Faridabad District 43.3% 58.4% 25.3%

134 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 124 of 210 Occupation Structure in the Project Area Main workers form 71.8 % of the total workers, whereas 28.2% are marginal workers in the buffer zone (10 km radius of the core zone of project area) Table- 3.8 (g) Occupation Structure in the Project Area Landuse Total Workers Main Workers Marginal Workers Person Male Female Person Male Female Person Male Female 10-km radius of core zone of project area Faridabad District Amenities available in the study area: The basic amenities like Roads, Communication, Electricity, Education, Medical, Drinking water etc. are the main indicators of development in any region. The amenities available in the area under present study are described as under: (a) Connectivity Since most of the study has the closer proximity to urban areas, it has better connectivity through all modes. (b) Power Entire study area is covered with Power supply both in rural as well as urban area. (c) Post & Telegraph and Telephone There is a good network of communication modules in the study area. With telecommunication revolution number of landline and mobile telephone subscribers are rapidly increasing. (d) Drinking water Entire study area, both rural and urban, is covered with water supplies. (e) Educational Facilities Entire study area, both rural and urban, has educational facilities. (f) Medical Facilities Medical facilities is accessible to entire population in the project area.

135 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 125 of Areas of Environmental Sensitivity The Environmental Sensitivity analysis in the project area is given in following table. Table- 3.8 (h) Environmental Sensitivity Analysis in the Project Area Sl. Environmental Sensitivity Description 1. Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value 2. Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests Area is not protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value In 10-km radius of the proposed project site, there is no historical monument. Agra Canal is flowing in North west to South west direction (adjacent to the proposed project site). River Yamuna is flowing in eastern side at a distance of more than 10 km from the proposed project site. There is no Reserve Forests in the proposed project site vicinity. However, there are open forest of babul beyond 5-km radius of the project site 3. Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration 4. Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters There is no Reserve Forests in the proposed project site vicinity. However, there are open forest of babul beyond 5- km radius of the project site Agra Canal is flowing in North west to South west direction (adjacent to the proposed project site). River Yamuna is flowing in eastern side at a distance of more than 10 km from the proposed project site. There are small village ponds within the radius of 15 km of the proposed project site. The proposed project is not in the coastal area 5. State, National boundaries Only state boundary with U.P in NCR at the distance of 15 km 6. Routes or facilities used by the Northern Railway main line is approx. 5 km in the public for access to recreation or western direction. other tourist, pilgrim areas GT Road (NH-1) is approx. 5 km in the western direction. 7. Densely populated or built-up area Ballabhgarh & Faridabad are densely populated areas 8. Areas occupied by sensitive manmade land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities) 9. Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals) Sensitive manmade landuses such as hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities are in the accessible distance Total area of villages in buffer zone of project site is ha, out of which 82.80% land is irrigated by source, whereas 4.92% is the unirrigated area. Culturable Wasteland constitutes 2.11% of the total land, whereas 10.17% area is not available for the cultivation.

136 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 126 of Development of Socio-economic Index Environmental-media-index development is considered as an excellent management and general administrative tool in communicating the information pertaining to various aspects using common scale. The objective of index development is to have a means of describing various indicators as an overall entity on a predefined scale, rather than in terms of series of attributes having variable units of expression. Socio-economic Index (I SE ) based on secondary data (mainly census-2001). Attributes considered for development of (I SE ) of present study, on spatial framework of villages in the project area, included following but not limited to Population Density Sex Ratio Literacy Rate WPR Education Water Supply Communication Connectivity Power Supply Medical Facilities Steps for Socio-economic Index Development Step-1 (i) Formation of sub-indices (S 1, S 2,. S n ) for the n indicators, variables (X 1, X 2,., X n ) using sub-index using designated weight S i = W i for X i where i = 1,2,..., n. (ii) Sub indices (S i ) thus, formed can be aggregated together in a second mathematical form called aggregated index or combined index as: S = f (S 1, S 2,. S n ) This aggregate operation function f is usually a summation process. Step-2 Calculation of Aggregate or combined index Once the sub indices are formed, they are combined or aggregated in a simple addition form: 1 n I SE = ---- S i n i=1,2,.. n Scale for Socio-economic Index Development (attributes wise) Table-3.8 (i) Scale for Socio-economic Index Development (Population Density & Sex Ratio) Attributes Range Weight Attributes Range Weight Population Density < Sex Ratio (SR) <910 1 (PD) >900 1 >990 10

137 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 127 of 210 Table-3.8 (j) Scale for Socio-economic Index Development (Literacy Rate, Amenities & WPR) Attributes Range Weight Attributes Range (%) Weight Attributes Range Weight (%) (%) Literacy <40 1 Amenities WPR Rate (LR) Education (E) Medical Facility (M) Water Supply (W) Communication (C) Transportation (T) Connectivity (CN) Power Supply (P) >80 10 <10 1 < W i n Table-3.8 (k) Socio-economic Index Matrix Ranking Rating Remarks >9 A1 Excellent to Very good Almost Everything in good condition >8 to 9 A2 >7 to 8 B1 Good to Moderate Still needs betterment in few areas >6 to 7 B2 >5 to 6 C1 Average Needs betterment in almost all the areas >4 to 5 C2 >3 to 4 D1 Poor Needs specific attention >2 to 3 D2 >1 to 2 E1 Alarming Alert areas 1 E2 Table-3.8 (l) Attribute wise Sub-indices (S i ) Socio-economic Index in the Project Area Weight (10-km radius of core zone of proposed project) Population Density (S PD ) 3 Sex Ratio (S SR ) 1 Literacy Rate (S LR ) 7 Work Participation Rate (S WPR ) 5 Education (S E ) 10 Medical Facility (S M ) 10 Water Supply (S W ) 10 Communication (S C ) 10 Connectivity (S CN ) 10 Power Supply (S P ) 10 W I 76 1 I SE = --- W i n Socio-economic index of project area based on various socio-economic indicators as stated above indicates the index value 7.6, which describes the socio-economic rating as Good (B1). 7.6

138 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 128 of Biological Environment Context Study of biological environment is an important aspect of Environment Impact Assessment study in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality. Ecological system consists of varieties of interrelationship between both biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between themselves but also within the abioticphysical and chemical components of the environment. A biological community depends on the condition and resources of its location. Variables like temperature, humidity, atmospheric conditions, soil quality and topographical features are responsible for maintaining the homeostasis of the environment and change in any one of the variables may lead to stresses on the ecosystem. Animal and plant communities in their natural habitat exist in a well-organized manner. This natural setting may be disturbed by any external, man induced or nature induced influences. Plants and animals are more susceptible to environmental stresses. These changes in the composition of biotic communities are reflected as a change in the distribution pattern, diversity, dominance of the natural species of flora and fauna existing in the ecosystem. Major component of Biological Environment is bio-diversity, which can be defined as the variability among living organisms from all sources, including terrestrial and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are a part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems. Conservation and sustainable use of bio-diversity is fundamental to ecologically sustainable development. Bio-diversity is part of our daily lives and livelihood, and constitutes resources upon which families, communities, nations and future generations depend. An environment rich in biological diversity, therefore, offers the broadest array of options for sustainable economic activity, for sustaining human welfare and for adapting to change. Loss of bio-diversity has serious economic and social costs for any nation Biological Impact Assessment The structures, functions and distributions of plant and animal communities can be utilized to assess the impact of the project on flora and fauna of the region, which are important components of land and aquatic ecology. Conservation strategies of biological diversity can be achieved if the baseline condition of the area is studied and understood. The proposed project site has been surveyed physically as well as by study of toposheet to establish the status of the biological environment of the study area. The study area mainly comprised of a plane land surrounded by the agriculture land. The forest area is almost negligible in the buffer zone (10 km radius of the proposed site). Patches of thorny bushes along with the natural vegetation can be seen scattered around the area. There are plantation developed by forest department at some places and along the roadside. Some other private plantation are also available in the region Wild Life Management in District Faridabad The Government of Haryana framed rules under the wild-life (Protection) Act 1972 in 1973 for the protection of wild-life in the state. The wild life is managed by the wild-life department of the state. Wild life area were managed by Wild Life Department on year to year. Working scheme depending on availability of budget and specific requirement of management.

139 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 129 of National Park There is no wild life sanctuary and national park in this division Wet Lands Wet lands are one of the major components of our ecosystem and play an important role in maintaining it. They not only serve as a feeding ground for water and water side birds but also as a source of survival for avifauna and large number of amphibians and reptiles. Haryana s wet lands are most suitable feeding ground for migratory birds like cranes, geese, teals, flamingoes, pelicans, ducks and several other species. So, in a way wet lands are serving a useful role in preserving the gift of nature for our future generations. Traditionally, wet lands are considered as useless and unproductive and source of survival of our ecosystem. Important water bodies in this division are Agra Canal, Gurgaon canal, Rampur distributory running across the district Floristic Composition (Composition & Condition of the Crop) The floristic composition and species diversity of an area is an important parameter in defining the environmental condition of the area. Aravali support only scrub vegetation because of shallow depth of soil. Soil from these hills has been eroded by water & wind over a period of millions of years. Excessive biotic interference has further reduced the composition & density of forests & these are in last stages of degradation. The forests belongs to Northern Dry Deciduous Forest sub-group. About 90% forest areas are situated along roads canals, drains & flood protection bunds in the shape of linear strips. These strips mainly pass through agricultural fields or wastelands & were part of these lands before its acquisition for the present purpose so there were devoid of natural forest vegetation. Table-3.9 (a) Distribution of Forest Area in Faridabad District Legal Status of Forest Area (in hectare) Compact Strip Total Reserved Protected Unclassified Total Diversification of Species in District Faridabad The species which can be planted in Faridabad district apart from Eucalyptus, kikar & shisham are given below: Azadirachta indica (neem), prosopis cineraria (Khajri or Jand), Leucaena lencocephala (subabul). In the Aravalli belt species like Acacia Senegal (khairi/khumber), Anogeissus penduala (dhauro), Azadirachta indica (neem), Cassia nodosa, Cassia siamea, Prosopis juliflora (tree variety) (kabli kikar) can be planted suceessfully. These species fulfil the need for small timber, fodder, firewood, labour, employment & shade.

140 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 130 of 210 Beside oringa oleoifera, Melia azedarch (bakain), Cordia myxa (lasura), Zizyphus mortiana Mber) and a few fruit trees like mango, guava etc. can be also tried. In sandy areas emphasis should be on species like Acacia tortilis (Israeli kikar), Acacia albida, Azadirachta indica (neem), Ailanthus excelsa (motia aduso), Tamarix aphylla (frash), Tecomella acuelata (rohera), & Zizyphus mauritiana (beri). Species like Bauhinea purpured, Dichrastachya nutans, Caloperspermum mopne & Acacia leucophloea (raunj) can also be tried in the district in general. In khadar area generally there is thicj layer of course sand below 30 cm or so. The following species are recommended for this category of soils Acacia catechu (khari), Subabul, Mango, Frash, Ber and Poplar Injuries to crops is liable to natural agencies like draught & frost (i) Drought: The month of May and June are exceptionally dry and summer is extremely hot. Deficiency of moisture prevails over the greater part of the year. Less relative humidity and high temperature causes rapid loss of moisture from sandy loam soils. Scarcity of water in river Yamuna and canals or closure of canals further increases the drought situation. Safeda and shisham plants are susceptible to drought during first two years of plantation. These species withstand drought well after they are three years old. (ii) Frost Frost is common during winter season and occurs usually during the month of January and February. Frosts are not uncommon during December also. Late frosts are generally more damaging than early frosts. Frost damage is exaggerated by sudden warming-up of cold plants. It s effect is more in low lying areas, Kikar Israeli kikar, Siris and Neem are frost tender species and are seriously affected by frost in young stage. Severe frost even adversely affects young established plantation of kikar. Following spp. are frost hardy: Shisham, Safeda, Toot, Ranuj, Fransh, Mesquite, Jant, beri, Vitax negundo Casuarina equisetifolia Plantation done in Ballabhgarh & Faridabad under various schemes Table-3.9 (b) Plantation done during (artificial regeneration) Name of Range/ Beat/ Block Name of Reach Target Achieved Species Khasra Range Block Beat B/garh Range Ha Code No. B/garh Tigaon Jassana RF Alipur (Govt. Land) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa B/garh Chainsa Mohna Road (12-22 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa B/garh Chainsa Gharoda Road (0-10 L&R) 33.5 SFD ,31,32,33 KKR 7050 JTA 5500 Total NEM ,145,144,99,100 SFD 3200 Total CSA ,80,61, PPI ,32,34,68 ALS 700 PLN 40 KDM 30 KKR 1000 Total 6600

141 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 131 of 210 B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa DIG Road (0-1 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Dayalpur B/garh Fathepur Jawan road (3-20 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa Chainsa Distry. ( L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Dayalpur B/garh Distry. (12-30 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa B/garh Distry. (0-12 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa Fejpur Kurali road (0-4 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa Chandpur Baghpur Badrola road (0-6 L&R) B/garh F/bad Palla Gurgaon Feeder (0-30 L&R) B/garh F/bad F/bad Gurgaon Feeder (30-50 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa Atali Moutka road (0-4 L&R) B/garh Tigaon Tigaon B/garh Tigaon Manjhwali road (3-13 L&R) B/garh Tigaon Tigaon Tigaon to Kurali road (0-4 L&R) B/garh B/garh Dhoj Harchandpur Distry. (0-12 L&R) B/garh B/garh Dhoj Fathepur Tega Minor (0- tail L&R) B/garh B/garh Dhoj Fathepur Tega road (0-4 L&R) B/garh B/garh Sikri Gouchi Main drain ( L&R) B/garh B/garh Sikri Sikri Mohla road (0-6 L&R) B/garh B/garh B/garh Gurgaon canal (B/garh to tail) 1 ATN AFS 200 TEK 350 PPI 350 Total SHM 100 AJN 1600 NEM 1100 SRS 500 GMR 50 PLN 300 KNK 500 ALS 2000 BKN 200 ONT 250 Total KKR KKR PPI , 21, 24,35, 34, 37, 38, 48, 51, 62, 94, 104, 87, 113, 122, KKI , 138, 144, 147 Total KKR PPI , 43, KKR ,53,143 SFD 8000 Total KKR ,23,24,36 to 39, 50,53, 62, ATS , 115, 117 JTA 6600 Total PPI SHM , 169, 174, 175, 57, 31, 32, NEM ,34, 18, 55 PPI 4300 Total SHM , 50, 53 PPI 1100 Total KKR ,22,24,17,23,28,32, 33,37 3 KKR ,9,14,20, 6, 25, 35, 39, 50, 53 PPI 200 Total KKR , 161, 114 PPI 100 Total KKR , 5, 20, 9, 36, 43, 6 to8, 19, 21, 32,33,35, 68, 72, 16, 18, 25, 35, 41, 48, 72, 56, 61, 28, 68, 17,55, 56, 60, 84, 86, 102, 216, 217, 218, 221, KKR PPI 500 Total PPI , 43, 44, 45, 48, 49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 74/2, 75/2, 80/2, 56/2, 219/2, 16, 17, 28, 33, 15, 18, 20, 23, 14, 19, 10, 11, 22, 30, 31, 46, 47 KKR , 50, 82, 83, 84, 87, ATS , 90, 2, 3, 6 to 9, 46 Total 6600

142 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 132 of 210 Table-3.9 (c) Plantation done during (artificial regeneration) Name of Range/ Beat/ Block Name of Reach Target Achieved Species Khasra Range Block Beat B/garh Range Ha Code No. B/garh Tigaon Bhupani Kheri Minor 10 KKR , 87, 96,97, 107, 108, 144/2, (0 - tail L&R) PPI /2 ALS 3000 Total B/garh Tigaon Bhupani Yamuna Protection 10 KKR , 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, Bundh PPI , 37, 42, 50, 55 (0-tail L&R) JTA 3500 Total B/garh F/bad Palla Gurgaon Feeder 5 KKR ,23,24, 36 to 39, 50, 53, 62, (R side) JTA , 115, 117,113, Agra Canal Total 5500 B/garh B/garh Sikrona Gurgaon Canal 22 KKR ,16, 17, 20,21,22, 25 to 27, (25-50 L&R) NEM , 31, 35, 37, 39, 41,42, 46, ONT , 57 Total B/garh B/garh B/garh B/garh Sohna road & 6 KKR , 154, 152 GMD (KM 2-9 L&R) PPI 2300 SFD 300 AJN 200 SRS 1200 Total 6600 B/garh Tigaon Jassana RF Alipur 23 SFD , 44,,49, 52 B/garh Tigaon Gharoda Chhainsa Distry L&R B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa Dayalpur Hira pur Mohna road (0-11 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa Naniyala Penehera Mohaniied pur road (0-4 L&R) B/garh B/garh Dhauj Dhoj Bundh (0-tail L&R) B/garh Tigaon Bhupani Chhainsa Distry L&R B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa Ram Pura Disty (20-60 L&R) B/garh B/garh B/garh B/garh sohna road (0-2 L&R) B/garh B/garh Sikrona B/garh Sirmathla road (5-15 L&R) B/garh Tigaon Bhupani Mohatpur Sururpur road (0-2 L&R) B/garh Tigaon Bhupani Faridabad to Jassana road (0-5 L&R) B/garh Tigaon Bhupani Chhainsa Distry. (15-30 L&R) 10 KKR , 30, 38, 39, 40, 63, 75, 76, 80, 81, 87, 88, 95, 96, 117/2, 124/2, 127/2, 233/2, 234/2, 245/2 6 JMN , 18, 23, 98, 39, 37, 59, 61 3 PPI , 25, 60, 61, 66, 74 5 PPI , 150, 149, 148, 147, 146 KKR 2500 ALS 1000 Total JTA , 30, 38, 39, 40 KKR 2500 Total ALS ,11, 16, 28, 33, 46, 50, 60, KKR , 70, 79, 81, 84, 86, 190, 21, PPI , 24, 33, 37, 47, 52, 63, 94/2, Total /2, 204/2, 237/2 5 PPI , 154, 152 SHM 250 JTA 150 Total PPI NEM 200 JMN 100 AJN 200 Total PPI ,81, AJN ,75, 76, 80, 117/1, 211/1, NEM /1 JMN 400 SHM 600 PPI 200 Total KKR , 30, 38, 39, 40, 63, 75, 76, JTA , 81, 87, 88, 95, 96, 117 Total 11000

143 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 133 of 210 B/garh Tigaon Bhupani F/bad to Tigaon road and Kheri road (3-10 L&R) B/garh F/bad Palla Gurgaon feeder (6-30 L&R) 5 KKR PPI 1700 SHM 1000 ONT 300 Total JTA , 23, 24, 31, 32, 37, 38, 39, KKR , 44, 45, 47, 51P, 61P, 62 P PPI 3000 Total Table-3.9 (d) Plantation done during (Strip Plantation) Name of Range/ Beat/ Block Name of Reach Target Achieved Species Khasra Range Block Beat B/garh Range Ha Code No. B/garh B/garh Sikrona GMD ( L&R) B/garh B/garh Sikrona Firojpur drain ( 0-tail L&R B/garh B/garh Sikrona Gurgaon Canal (48 to 55 L&R) B/garh B/garh Sikrona Sikrona Minor (0-tail L&R) B/garh B/garh B/garh Gugaon Feeder (50-56 L&R) B/garh -do- B/garh B/garh Sohna Bye (0-4 L&R) 35 KKR ,5,7,8, 17,20,28,46/2, 50/2, 51/2, 61/2, 65/2, 64, 65, 66, 60, 67, 71, 74, 75, 78, 79, 83, 84, 85, 87, 89, 90, 91, 99, 100, 101, 103, 115, 126, 129, 144, 154, 158, 159, 160, 187, 189, 193, 195, 196, 201, 44,50, 51, 60, 65, 16, 18, 25, 35, 41, 48, 72, 56, 61, 28, 68, 17, 55, KKR , 49, 56, 57, 18, 31,33, 45,44, 46,47, 53, 16, 18, KKR ,16, 17, 20,21,22, 25 to 27, 30, 31, 35, 37, 39, 41,42, 46, 53, 57,70, 72,77, 28, 34, 42, 51, 9, 10, 17, 20, 16, 26, 21, 31, 25, 2,3,5,6, 15 to 18, 15 KKR , 18, 25, 28, 35, 20, 15, 35, 44, 48, 56,11 20 KKR 4000 Not available SFD 2600 Total SHM , 154, 152 PPI 1260 Total 1660 Table-3.9 (e) Plantation done during (Ridge Plantation) Name of Range/ Beat/ Block Name of Reach Target Achieved Species Khasra Range Block Beat B/garh Range Ha Code No. B/garh Tigaon Jassana RF Alipur 25 SHM , 53, 43, 50, 51 SFD 6000 Total Table-3.9 (f) Plantation done during (Desert Control) Name of Range/ Beat/ Block Name of Reach Target Achieved Species Khasra Range Block Beat B/garh Range Ha Code No. B/garh F/bad Palla B/garh Bye pass road (0- tail L&R) B/garh Tigaon Jassna Jassana Manjhawali road (0-6 L&R) B/garh Tigaon Jassna Jassana Tilori road (0-4 L&R) B/garh Tigaon Gharoda Gharoda Ghudasan road (0-tail L&R) 21 SHM ,23, 24,31,32,37 to 39, 40, ATN , 45, 47, 51, 61, 62 AMS 4000 Total PPI ,122, 321, 37,45, 44, 50, 8,7,15, 16, 19, 18 5 PPI , 6, 16, 14, 20, 11, 13 SHM 470 AMS 548 Total SHM ,35, 33, 36, PPI 900 Total 1300

144 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 134 of 210 B/garh Tigaon Gharoda Kurali Atali road (0-4 L&R) B/garh Chhainsa Chhainsa B/garh Mohna Chhainsa road (3-15 L&R) B/garh B/garh Sikrona Dhatir Distry. 0-tail L&R 5 SHM , 108 PPI 1000 Total PPI , 286, KKR , 19, 20, 26, 27, 29, 34, 6, 7, 14, 15, 19, 26, 27, 33, 37, 38 Table-3.9 (g) Plantation done during (Social and Farm Forestry) Name of Range/ Beat/ Block Name of Reach Target Achieved Species Khasra Range Block Beat B/garh Range Ha Code No. B/garh F/bad Palla Tilpat Firing Range 40 KKR ,61, 68, 69, 82, 83, 89, 90, 101, 102, 106, 107, 59, 70, 81, 91, 100, 108 B/garh Tigaon Bhupani Budia Nala (0-tail L&R) B/garh B/garh Sikrona B/garh Sikrona road (4-14 L&R) 15 KKR , 53 SFD 6500 Total PPI , 48, 74, 79, 70, 50, 53 ALS 1500 Total 5500 Table-3.9 (h) Plantation done during (Jatropha Plantation) Name of Range/ Beat/ Block Name of Reach Target Achieved Species Khasra Range Block Beat B/garh Range Ha Code No. B/garh B/garh Dhauj Dhauj P. Land 5 JTA , 77 B/garh B/garh Dhauj Mohotabad P. Land 2 JTA B/garh Faridabad Palla Tilpat Fire Range 8 JTA ,61, 68, 69, 82, 83, 89, 90, 101, 102, 106, 107, 59, 70, 81, 91, 100, 108 B/garh B/garh Dhauj Jakopur Khera P/land 5 JTA , 38, 17, 20, 28, 36, 38 Species Code Index Shady Trees Timber Trees Fuel Trees Species Species Species Code Name Code Name Code Name NEM Neem SHM Shisham KKR Kikar BGD Bargad SFD Safeda DHK Dhauk PPL Pipal PPR Poplar JND Jand PLN Pilkhan RHR Rohera MST Musquite CSN Cut Sagwan TOT Toot JTA Jatropha PPI Papri TEK Teak JJB J.Jalebi KCP K.Champa SBL Simbal RHG Rhonge CKA Chukrasia AJN Arjun KHR Khairi MSR Maulsari ALS Ailanthus TOR A.tortilis BKN Bakain SRS Siris FRS Fransh BHR Bahera KHR Khari PPR P.Pari SHD Other Shady TIM Other Timber FUL Other Fuel

145 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 135 of 210 Fruit Trees Ornamental Trees Species Species Code Name Code Name MNG Mango JKD Jakranda JMN Jamun AMS Amaltas AMD Amrood KCR Kachnar ANR Anar GMR G.Mohar IML Imli SOK Silver Oak PPT Papita CSM C.Siamea NBU Nimbu KGL Kigelia BER Beri CSN Casurina LSR Lasura ATN Alstonia ANL Anwala MLT Milletia BEL B/Pather PTJ Putranjiva FRT Other Fruit OMT Other Ornamental Terrestrial Flora The existing terrestrial flora of the region is listed in following tables: Table -3.9 (i) Terrestrial Flora in Study Area S. No. Botanical name Local name (a) Trees 1. Acacia leucophloea Raunj 2. Acacia nilotica var.indica Kikar 3. Acacia senegal Khairi 4. Acacia tortilis Israeli Kikar 5. Ailanthus excelsa Ulloo neam 6. Albizia lebbek Siris 7. Azadirachta indica Neem 8. Anogeissus pendula Dhauk 9. Bauhinia racemosa Bombax ceiba Semal 11. Boswellia serrata Butea monosperma Dhak 13. Cassia fistula Amaltas 14. Cassia siamea Cordia dichotoma Lasura 16. Cappairs decidua Kair or Karir 17. Dabergia sisoo Shisham 18. Delonix regia Gulmohar 19. Eucatyptus hybrid Safeda 20. Eucalyptus camaldulensis Safeda 21. Ficus bengalensis Barh 22. Ficus glomerata Gullar 23. Ficus religiosa Peepal 24. Holoptelia Papri 25. Jacaranda mimosaefolia Jacranda 26. Kigelia pinnata Kigelia 27. Leucaena leucocephala Su-babul 28. Mangifera Aam 29. Melia azedarach Bakain 30. Mitragyna parvifolia Phaldu

146 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 136 of Moringa oleifera Sanjna 32. Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia 33. Phoenix sylvetris Khajur 34. Pongamia sylvetris Papri 35. Pongamia glabra Papri 36. Prosopis cineraria Jani 37. Prosopis juliflora Vilati Kikar 38. Salvadora oleoides Jaal 39. Sterculia urens Gum Karaya 40. Syzygium cumini Jamun 41. Tamarindus indica Imli 42. Taxarix articulata Fransh 43. Tecomella undulata Rohera 44. Terminalia arjuna Arjun 45. Zizyphus mauritiana Beri (b) Shrub & Herba 1. Acacia jacquemontii Bambul 2. Achyranthes aspera Puthkanda 3. Adhtoda vasica Bansa 4. Aerva javanica Bui 5. Agave americana Keora 6. Alysicarpus minilifer - 7. Amaranthus gracilis Cholai 8. Argemone mexicana Kandheli or Kanteli 9. Asphodelus tenuifolius Piaza 10. Balanites aegyptica Hingo or Hingot 11. Bougainvellea spp. Bougainvillea 12. Calotropis procera Aak 13. Cannabis sativa Bhang 14. Capparis horrida Hins 15. Carissa spinarum Karaunda 16. Cassia tora Panwar 17. Chenophdium albus Bathua 18. Crotolaria Juncea Datura alba Dhatura 20. Dodonaea viscosa Luphorbia hirta Dudhi 22. Euphorbia royalaena Thor 23. Eichhomia crassipes Water hyacinth 24. Hydrilla verticellata Indigofera oblongifolia Jhojhru 26. Ipomea cornea Vilayati Aak 27. Lantana carnara Panchphuli 28. Leptadenia pyrotechnic Khimp 29. Lyclum barbarum Nerium odorum Kaner 31. Opuntia dillenii Nagphani 32. Occimum americanum Jungli tulsi 33. Parthenium spp. Carrot grass 34. Rumex dentatus Jungli palak 35. Ricinus communis Arand 36. Solanum nigrum Mako

147 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 137 of Taxarix dioca Jhao 38. Trapa bispinosa Singhara 39. Tephrosia purpurea Jhojhru 40. Typha elephantina Patera 41. Xanthium strumarium Chirchita 42. Zizyphus numularia Jhar/Palla/Jhar beri (c) Creepers, clibers, parasites & sedges 1. Citrillus colocynthus - 2. Cuscuta reflexa Akash bel 3. Cucumis pubescens Kachri 4. Cyperus rotundus Motha 5. Loranthus spp Mimordicancharantia Ban karela 7. Mimosa hamata - 8. Portulaca oleracea - 9. Solanum xanthocarpum Kateli 10. Trianthema portulacasptrum Santa/Santri 11. Tribulus terrestris Gokhr 12. Tridax procumbens Sadahari 13. Vallaris solanacea Dudhi bel 14. Vallaris heyni - (d) Grasses 1. Andropogon lanager Khawi 2. Aristida hertigluma - 3. Cenchrus ciliaris Bhurat 4. Cenchrus ciliaris Anjan 5. Cenchrus setigerus - 6. Chrysopogon montanus Dholu 7. Cymbopogon martinii - 8. Cynodon dactylon Doob 9. Desmostachya bipinnata Dab 10. Dichanthium annulatum Palwan 11. Digitaria ciliaria Jharania 12. Datyloctenum aegyptium Makhra 13. Dactyloctenium sindicum Tantia 14. Ehinochloa colonum Sanwak 15. Erianthus munja Jhund/Munj 16. Eragrostis tremula Eleusine compressa Ghora dhab 18. Heteropogon contortus Suva ghas 19. Imperata cylindrica Siru 20. Iseilma laxium Lasiurus hirsntus Sevan 22. Panicum antidotale Ghamur 23. Panicum turgidum Swank 24. Saccharum spontaneum Kans 25. Sporobolus arabicus Sporobolus arundinacea Sorghum halepense Baru 28. Sehima nervosum Seran 29. Vertiveria zizanioides Panni/khas

148 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 138 of Cultural Plant Communities Along with the natural vegetation of the area, certain other plant communities also exists which include food crops, garden plants and fruit plantations. Various orchards were observed in the study area. The area s cultural plant communities include the following: Table -3.9 (j) Food crops S. No. Scientific Name Common Name 1. Triticum aestivum Wheat 2. Zea mays Maize 3. Sorghum vulgare Jowar 4. Solanum tuberosum Potato 5. Aelium Cepa Onion 6. Abrus Precatoris Lady finger 7. Daucus carota Carrot 8. Lycoperscion esculentum Tomato 9. Raphanus sativus Raddish Table -3.9 (k) Garden Plants S. No. Scientific Name Common Name 1. Bougainvellia spectabilis Bougainvellia 2. Hibiscus chinensis China rose 3. Saraca indica Ashok 4. Terminalia arjuna Arjun 5. Eucalyptus sp. Eucalyptus 6. Michelia champala Champa Table -3.9 (l) Fruit trees S. No. Scientific Name Common Name 1 Citrus reticulata Orange 2 Psidium gujava Guava 3 Litchi chinensis Litchi 4 Mangifera indica Mango 5 Syzygium cumini Jamun 6 Carica papaya Papaya 7 Zizyphus jujuba Ber 8 Tamarindus indica Imli 9 Citrus aurantifolia Lime 10 Musa paradisiaca Banana

149 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 139 of 210

150 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 140 of Terrestrial Fauna As there is no suitable habitat, no major fauna was observed in the region. Mainly the domestic animals constitute the fauna population in the study area. Some wild animals in the adjoining areas are also reported to be noticed by the local sources. The list of terrestrial fauna of the study area is presented in following table. The avifauna of the study area is listed in table-3.9 (n). Table -3.9 (m) List of terrestrial fauna of the study area S.No Scientific Name English / Common Name Domestic animals 1 Bubulus bubalus Buffalo 2 Canis familiaris Dog 3 Eqnus Cabalus Cow 4 Eqnus sp. Goat 5 Bos indicus Domestic cat 6 Bandicota indica Horse 7 Ovis sp. Sheep 8 Ronsetlus leschenaulti Donkey Wild animals 1 Canis aureus Jackal 2 Vulpes sp. Fox 3 Boselplus tragocamelus Nilgai 4 Cervus unicolor Sambhar 5 Presdystis entellus Bunder 6 Ratus ratus Rat 7 Calotis vercicolor Lizard 8 Naja naja Cobra 9 Capra sp. Fruit bat Table -3.9 (n) List of Avifauna of the Study Area S.No. Scientific Name Common Name 1 Columba livia Pigeon 2 Crovus splenders Crow 3 Passer domesticus Sparrows 4 Acrido therestristis Common myna 5 Dinopium cyanocephala Wood pecker 6 Endynamus sclopacea Koel 7 Strix ocellata Wood owl 8 Pavo cristatus Peacock Since the forest is virtually negligible in the study area (10 km buffer zone of the proposed project site), there is very less variety of natural flora and fauna. So the adverse impact on natural vegetation and fauna is envisaged to be low. However the impact on flora and fauna due to the industrial activities can be mitigated with proper green belt development and pollution control facilities.

151 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 141 of National Park, Reserves and Other Protected Areas in 15-km Buffer Zone. The project Area is not having any National Park, Reserves and Other Protected Areas in 15-km Buffer Zone. Parks, Reserves and Other Protected Areas in Haryana as declared by Haryana Forest Department through various notifications are given below: National Parks Sultanpur National Park, District Gurgaon Kalesar National Park, District Yamunanagar Wildlife Sanctuaries Kalesar Wildlife Sanctuary, District Yamunanagar Bir Shikargah Wildlife Sanctuary, District Panchkula Chhilchhila Wildlife Sanctuary, District Kurukshetra Nahar Wildlife Sanctuary, District Rewari Abubshahar Wildlife Sanctuary, District Sirsa Bhindawas Wildlife Sanctuary, District Jhajjar Khaparwas Wildlife Sanctuary, District Jhajjar Khol Hi-Raitan Wildlife Sanctuary, District Panchkula Saraswati Wildlife Sanctuary, District Kaithal, Kurukshetra Bir Bara Ban Wildlife Sanctuary, District Jind Deer Park, Hisar Zoos Mini Zoo, Bhiwani Rohtak Zoo Mini Zoo, Pipli Breeding Centres Chinkara Breeding Centre at Kairu Crocodile Breeding Centre at Bhaur Saidan (Kurukshetra) Vulture Conservation and Breeding Centre Pinjore Pheasant Breeding Centre Morni HSIIDC has to obtain clearance from the Principal Chief Conservator of Forest (PCCF), Haryana that no reserve forest or Ecologically Sensitive Area is located within 15 Km of the IMT.

152 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 142 of km Buffer Zone of Project Site IMT Faridabad

153 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 143 of Traffic Study Traffic density is a major development indicator and hence is a critical parameter of environmental impact assessment. More urbanization results in high traffic density. More population inflow has direct correlation with traffic density. Traffic density of an area is having direct impact on air & noise pollution and hence the need of management. Traffic is the predominant source of air and noise pollution in urban areas. The major air pollutants emitting out from vehicular traffic are Carbon monoxide, Sulphur dioxide, oxides of Nitrogen, Hydrocarbons etc. Any developmental project activity essentially results in increase in vehicular traffic. Hence, it is important to collect data on existing status of traffic composition and volume in the vicinity of proposed project site, so that the change in traffic composition and volume can be assessed. Traffic volume count is an important tool for decision-makers to understand adequacy of prevailing road infrastructure to handle the increased vehicular movement after the proposed project comes up Selection of Monitoring Locations: Two locations having direct relations with the access to the project site within the core zone were identified for traffic volume count survey. The details of the monitoring locations are as below: (a) (b) Ballabhgarh to Mohana (TM-1) Mohana to Ballabhgarh (TM-2) Methodology for Traffic Density Survey Traffic movement was continuously monitored on either side of the road, for 24 hour for following type of traffic composition: (a) (i) (ii) (iii) Motorized Vehicles Heavy Motor Vehicles (HMV) include Truck, Bus, Dumper, Tanker, Trailer etc. Light Motor Vehicles (LMV) include Car, Jeep, Van, Tractor, Mini Bus, Tempo etc. Two/ Three wheelers include Scooter, Motor cycle, TSR etc. (b) Non-motorized vehicles : Bicycle, cycle rickshaw, animal drawn. The data has been compiled and presented in table nos. 3.4(c) to 3.4(d) Data Interpretation of Traffic Density Survey (a) Ballabhgarh to Mohana Road (TM-1) Total number of HMV, LMV and 2-3 Wheelers plying at this cross-section were found to be 1408 Nos., 4008 Nos. and 5768 Nos. respectively, whereas non-motorized vehicles were estimated as 2331 Nos.

154 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 144 of 210 (b) Mohana to Ballabhgarh (TM-2) Total number of HMV, LMV and 2-3 Wheelers plying on this cross-section were found to be 1997 Nos., 3337 Nos. and 4568 Nos. respectively, whereas the numbers of non-motorized vehicles was estimated 2036 Nos. (c) Equivalent Passenger Car Unit (PCU) Equivalent PCU is the uniform method for assessing the traffic volume. Criteria for the conversion of traffic volume to equivalent PCU is given in table-3.10 (a) and data is presented in table-3.10 (c) & 3.10 (d). Table-3.10 (a) Criteria for computation of equivalent PCU Symbol Description Equivalent PCU MCH Motor Cycles on hire 0.75 MCS Motor Cycles and scooters 0.75 PCJ Private cars and jeeps 1.00 TX Motor Cabs (Taxi) 1.00 GV Goods Vehicle 2.00 BM Buses/Mini Buses 2.00 TR Tractors 1.00 AR Auto Rickshaws 1.00 GNV Government Vehicles Passenger Car Units (PCU) :00-14:00 14:00-15:00 15:00-16:00 16:00-17:00 17:00-18:00 18:00-19:00 19:00-20:00 20:00-21:00 21:00-22:00 22:00-23:00 23:00-00:00 00:00-01:00 01:00-02:00 02:00-03:00 03:00-04:00 04:00-05:00 05:00-06:00 06:00-07:00 07:00-08:00 08:00-09:00 09:00-10:00 10:00-11:00 11:00-12:00 12:00-13:00 TM-1 TM-2

155 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 145 of 210 Maximum value of equivalent PCU at TM-1 was observed as 1320, which was estimated between hrs, whereas minimum value of the same at this location was observed as 109 at hrs. At location TM-2, maximum value of equivalent PCU (2161) was observed between hrs, whereas minimum value at this location was observed 110 between hrs. Time Table-3.10 (b) PCUs at TM-1 & TM-2 Passenger Car Unit (PCU) TM-1 TM-2 HMV LMV 2-3W Total HMV LMV 2-3 W Total 13:00-14: :00-15: :00-16: :00-17: :00-18: :00-19: :00-20: :00-21: :00-22: :00-23: :00-00: :00-01: :00-02: :00-03: :00-04: :00-05: :00-06: :00-07: :00-08: :00-09: :00-10: :00-11: :00-12: :00-13: Total

156 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 146 of 210 Table-3.10 (c) Traffic Monitoring at station TM-1 Time Monitoring Station : Ballabhgarh to Mohana (TM-1) ; Monitoring Date : 03-04/03/2009 HMV LMV 2-3 wheelers Non-motorised Vehicles Total 13:00-14: :00-15: :00-16: :00-17: :00-18: :00-19: :00-20: :00-21: :00-22: :00-23: :00-00: :00-01: :00-02: :00-03: :00-04: :00-05: :00-06: :00-07: :00-08: :00-09: :00-10: :00-11: :00-12: :00-13: Total Table-3.10 (d) Traffic Monitoring at station TM-2 Time Monitoring Station : Mohana to Ballabhgarh (TM-2); Monitoring Date : 03-04/03/2009 HMV LMV 2-3 wheelers Non-motorised Vehicles Total 13:00-14: :00-15: :00-16: :00-17: :00-18: :00-19: :00-20: :00-21: :00-22: :00-23: :00-00: :00-01: :00-02: :00-03: :00-04: :00-05: :00-06: :00-07: :00-08: :00-09: :00-10: :00-11: :00-12: :00-13: Total

157 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 147 of Anticipated Environmental Impacts In this section, potential impacts are identified and evaluated on different environmental components due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. The first step of the impact assessment process involves identifying the key issues associated with the construction and operation phases of the proposed project. Issues and concerns of the proposed project are scoped based on the knowledge and experience with respect to environmental setting and project elements. Accordingly, the existing environmental system is described and the components of the project are determined. This step involves identification of the environmental modification that may be significant, forecasting of the quality and spatial dimension of change in the environment identified and estimation of the probability that the impact will occur. This step involves determination of the incidence of benefit to end users and population affected by the project, specification and comparison of effects between various alternatives, and assessment of the likely effect of the project on the environmental, economical and social components indicating the nature & magnitude of impacts. 4.1 Impact Analysis The major element involved in the process of environment impact assessment is identification of impacts as it leads to other elements such as quantification and evaluation of impacts. Although, in general, a number of impacts have been identified while describing the existing environmental status. It is necessary at this stage to assess the existing environmental status to facilitate the identification of the critical impacts that are occurring due to the proposed project upon various components of environment therein.the concept for impact evaluation will, therefore, be accounted for the proposed project activities and thereby to identify the types of associated impacts, which are likely to occur. The subsequent steps will be selected to define each impact and to identify the secondary and tertiary impacts, which may induce as a result of the project activities. This process may be repeated until all possible impacts will be identified. The greatest advantage of this type of approach is that it allows identifying the impacts by selecting and tracing out the events as they are expected to occur due to existing activities. The impact network has been developed for (i) proposed project activities impacting environment and (ii) areas of environment being impacted. Approach to the Impact Analysis The approach to impact analysis includes identification of both positive and negative impacts, which may be inclusive of following: Identification and summary of all anticipated environmental impacts. Description of all probable adverse impacts, which cannot be avoided, and are due to construction as well as operational phase of the project. In order to assess the impact of proposed project, following scenarios are to be considered (i) No project (ii) Project without EMP (iii) Project with EMP in place. The proposed development of Industrial Estate of HSIIDC at IMT Faridabad would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases: (i) (ii) During the construction phase, which may be regarded as temporary or short term The other during the operation stage (when the proposed project will become operational), would have long-term effects and hence require mitigation plan for management.

158 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 148 of 210 (a) Impacts on Ambient Air Environment The impacts on Ambient Air Quality due to the proposed project activities during the construction phase of the project may be temporary or short-term. Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM) would be the predominant pollutants generated from construction activities. The gaseous emissions such as SO 2, NO x and CO would be generated from the construction equipments and vehicles. During operational phase, the significant contributor to the air pollution would be the DG sets (as point source of emission) and movement of vehicles in the industrial area (as line source of emission). (i) Impacts During Construction During construction phase, the project would have impacts on ambient air quality due to the emissions by construction equipments and vehicles, and an increase in dust level by the construction activities. Earth excavation work, foundation work, superstructure work, material storage, transportation and handling of construction materials together with wind erosion could be the major factors, which may produce a temporary and localized increase in SPM and RPM levels. The increased movement of heavy vehicles carrying construction materials, operation of DG sets as standby power back-up system would generate gaseous emissions. The degree of dust generated would depend on the soil compaction and moisture content of the ground surface during the construction. Dust and exhaust particulate emissions from heavy equipment operations would temporarily degrade air quality in the immediate construction zone. The construction contractor has to ensure regular monitoring of dust levels in the vicinity of the proposed site during the construction activities. Dust suppression will have to be applied, using water tankers mounted on tractors, sprinklers and other means as necessary to suppress and curb dust pollution, in the event that high levels of dust are observed, and complaints about dust are received. Other diffused source of gaseous emissions from the construction site would be if the construction labors uses fuel wood for cooking and heating during winters. The construction contractor will have to ensure that such practice would not be adopted by the labours and they should be provided with LPG cylinders for cooking in their labor camps. (ii) Impacts during Operation During operational phase, the significant contributor to the air pollution would be the DG sets (as point source of emission) and movement of vehicles in the industrial area (as line source of emission). The impacts of DG sets emission would be minimized by taking adequate measures which may include raising of stake height as per the guidelines. This impact would be intermittent, scattered & short-term. Gaussian dispersion modeling reveals no significant impacts, while considering the Worst case scenario. Impacts, if any, during the operational stage would be further minimized by the development of adequate green belt in the vicinity. (b) (i) Impacts on Noise Environment Impacts During Construction Construction activities normally result in temporary and short term increases in noise levels. The main sources of noise during construction period includes movement of vehicles for loading and unloading of construction materials, fabrication, handling of equipment and materials, operation of power shovels, concrete mixing plants, generators etc. The areas likely to be affected are those close to the site. (ii) Impacts During Operation During operation, there will not be any significant increase in the ambient noise level as explained below:

159 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 149 of 210 Noise due to operation of DG sets for power back-up would be controlled by adequate acoustic treatment and hence there will not be any significant impact. There may be marginal impact on ambient noise level due to the movement of vehicles but it will not increase the baseline. Impacts on noise environment, if any, due to the operational stage of the project would be appropriately attenuated by the development of green belt in the vicinity of the project. The intermittent and short-term noise may increase in the event of social ceremonies/ gathering etc. in residential areas due to the operation of DG sets meant for power back-up. (c) Impacts on Water Environment Total water demand for the operational phase of the proposed project would be KLD out of which KLD required for horticultural purpose would be met through recycled waste water. Hence net water demand for the proposed project would be KLD. The horticulture demand and the demand of open area etc. to be met through the recycled water : = (say KLD) The net water demand : = KLD Demand to be met from local tubewells (40% of the : KLD total demand) Net demand to be met from external source of Ranney wells and Battery of tube wells from Yamuna river bed : = KLD It has been proposed that all plots of size 2 acres and above (79 Nos. with cumulative area of acres shall treat the wastewater to the extent of 30% of their discharge to cater for air conditioning, horticulture and extra demand for processing, if any (i) Water demand to be met through local tubewells It is estimated that about KLD of water demand to be met through 25 Nos. of tubwells each having the yield of 480 KLD. Total water demand excluding the fire fighting demand : KLD Demand to be met through local tubewells (40% of total demand ) : KLD (add 10% more) = (12700 KLD) Anticipated yield from one tubewell - Rate : litres/ hr Running hours : 16 Hrs (Assumption) Yield from one tubewell : litres (480 KLD) No. of tubewells needed : 25 Nos. (ii) Water demand to be met through Ranney wells and tubewells along river Yamuna It is estimated that KLD demand would be met through 2 Nos. of Ranney wells each having the yield of 7500 KLD. Water demand of 4068 KLD would be met through 6 Nos of tubewells each with the yield of 800 KLD along river Yamuna. Demand to be met from Ranney wells & tubwells : KLD (add 10% more) = KLD It is proposed that KLD demand to be met from 2 Nos. Ranney wells & 4068 KLD from the tubewells along river Yamuna Anticipated yield from Ranney wells : 7500 KLD No. of Ranney wells required : 2 Nos Anticipated yield from one tubewell Rate : litres/ hr along river Yamuna : Running hours : 16 Hrs (Assumption) Yield from one tubewell : litres (800 KLD) No. of tubewells needed : 6 Nos.

160 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 150 of 210 (iii) Rain Water Harvesting The rain water harvesting would be essential for the operational phase of proposed project because surface water would be inadequate to meet the water requirements of proposed project. Recharging would be done through pits, trenches, wells, shafts etc. In case of roof top area more than 100 m 2, the roof top rain water harvesting would be made mandatory and would be done by individual plot holders. Impacts on water quantity & quality during the operational phase of the project will be minimized by Recycling of treated wastewater for horticulture purposes. Rain water harvesting The water requirement during the construction phase will be partly met through tankers and in limited case through borewell and hence no adverse impacts on ground water could be anticipated. (d) (i) Impacts Due to Wastewater Generation During Construction The major source of water pollution during the construction phase of the project would be sewage from labour camps and makeshift office. It is expected that at any given time during the construction phase, the peak manpower strength on construction site comprising of contractor s technical staff, administrative staff, skilled and unskilled workers. The water requirement would lpcd & waste water generation would lpcd. The generated sewage would pass through a septic tank and would be discharged into the existing municipal sewage network of the area. (ii) During Operation The wastewater generation during the operational phase of the proposed project is expected to be KLD and net wastewater for treatment would be KLD as per the following statement: Total average waste water generated per day = KLD Waste water generated by 79 bigger plots = 4410 KLD 30% to be treated within the plot = 1323 KLD Net waste water available = = KLD Waste water Treatment plants to be installed in 2 module of KLD each as its expected that demand may rise gradually in 10 years. (e) (i) Impacts on Land Environment Impacts on Land Use The project proponent has acquired 1784 acres 0 kanal 2 marla of land in villages Chandwali, Machgarh, Mujeri, Navada Tigaon, Unchagaon & Sotai of Ballabhgarh & Faridabad at public expense, for public purpose namely for the development of Industrial Model Township in Sector-66 to 69 of Faridabad district. The award of above said land was announced on , & by District Revenue Officer-cum-Land Acquisition Collector, Faridabad. The proposed development of IMT at Faridabad would be in adherence with the Master Plan-2011 of Faridabad, issued by Dept. of Town & Country Planning, Haryana. Hence, the development of the proposed project will not have any impact on the landuse. Moreover, local landuse planning will control the type, density and location of development in the future. Development of green belt and other landscape on the proposed site would further enhance the visual and aesthetic quality of the area.

161 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 151 of 210 (ii) Impacts on Soil The site clearing and preparation activities will involve removal of only scanty vegetation, mainly bushes, existing in the vicinity of proposed site. The project site is primarily dominated by undergrowth and unwanted bushes. As the topography in and around the site is mostly plain with no significant slope, the digging of the site before the start of the construction work for the foundation work would not result any significant effect on soil erosion and silt run off, even during the heavy rains. The project requires extensive work on the excavation and removal of soil and hence will temporarily affect soil structure and stability with a localized impact. The project proponent will adopt good construction practices that will ensure the environmental impacts of waste effluents generated on-site during construction would be minimized. (iii) Construction Wastes The generation of waste material is inevitable during the construction phase of the development. Waste can be generated at different stages of construction process. Wastes may include the top soil, clay, sand, and gravel. These can be re-used as filler at the same site after completion of excavation work. Other miscellaneous materials that could arise as waste include glass, plastic material, general refuse, scrap metal, cardboard, etc. and the solidwastes from the construction workers temporary housing. Efforts would be done to recycle the waste material to the possible extent Non-recyclable solid wastes generated during construction will be disposed of to a designated landfill sites in the project area. Hence, waste generated during the construction would not be of significant quantify and would not have any significant potential impact. (f) (i) Solid Wastes Generation and Disposal Industrial Solid Wastes Assessment of industrial solid waste management problem greatly varies depending on the nature of the industry, their location and mode of disposal of waste. In the absence of the knowledge about the number & type of industries that would be coming up in the proposed industrial area, it is not possible to provide estimate about the quantity. For this reason, the industrial waste is proposed to be considered separately from the MSW and has to be dealt in accordance with the Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules Further, industries generating solid waste will have to manage such waste by themselves and are required to seek authorizations from state Pollution Control Boards (SPCB) under relevant rules. However, through joint efforts of SPCBs, local bodies and the industries, a mechanism could be evolved for better management. Following steps would be taken-up for better management of the waste to be generated in industrial estate Inventory Management and Improved Operations Inventorisation and tracing of all raw materials Procurement of fewer toxic and more non-toxic production materials Implementation of employees training and management feedback Improving material receiving, storage, and handling practices. Production Process Optimization Substitution of non-hazardous for hazardous raw materials Segregation of wastes by type for recovery Elimination of sources of leaks and spills Separation of hazardous from non-hazardous wastes Optimization of the process of raw material use Emphasis on reuse & recycling of wastes (ii) Municipal Solid Wastes The primary sources of solid waste in Faridabad are local households, commercial establishments, markets, hotels, restaurants, etc. The total quantity of waste generated per day is in the order of 480

162 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 152 of 210 tonnes per day (TPD) at a per-capita generation of 377 grams per day. MCF is responsible for the collection, transportation and disposal of all solid waste generated, except the untreated bio-medical waste and hazardous industrial waste, which is taken care of by the respective generators. MCF organizes the collection and transportation of the waste through a team of its own conservancy workers and a fleet of vehicles and dumper-placers. The waste collected is disposed at various dumping yards without any treatment. (g) Impacts on the Drainage Development of proposed project will improve the drainage in the project area vicinity. There are proposal for development of storm water drainage and internal drainage system. (i) Proposal for storm water drainage To ensure the gravity flow of storm water, it is proposed that Covered rectangular drainage system has to be adopted for collection of storm water runoff from sectors instead of conventional covered pipe drains. The system will ensure gravity flow into master storm water system. Covered rectangular brick drains have been proposed on one side of all roads to ensure gravity flow of storm water into master storm water system. (ii) Planning of internal drainage system The following factors would be taken into consideration for planning of the drainage system: The pattern & gradient of natural slope of the site, its extent and direction. The natural drainage system in the downstream area (outside the project area). The road network system envisaged and finished level of roads. The runoff from units and other built up areas to lead into catch basin connected to branch drains along the access roads. These drains will take storm water into nearest lateral drains and then into trunk drains on main roads, which would eventually take the storm water into the natural system. The rain water from open spaces as well as from isolated places, would flow over the ground following the natural slope gradient and get into the nearest drain through the vertical grating. No. of recharge wells (as per design) shall be provided all along the major roads and as such the runoff during the normal rains shall get absorbed through these recharge wells. While during the peak intensity of rainfall, the drainage system would carry the surplus water to be pumped into Agra canal. (iii) Design of drains The section of the drains will be rectangular in shape & brick masonry will be covered at top. (iv) Location of drain & network The drains will be located near the carriageway along either side of all the roads, in case of roads having camber on both sides and on one side of road having camber on one side. Taking the advantage of road camber and embankments, the rainfall runoff from roads shall flow towards the drains. (v) Culverts (Storm water drains & road crossings) The crossing of storm water drains under the road, box & slabs culverts has been proposed. RCC slabs over brick masonry will be suggested for drain width upto 1.0 m.

163 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 153 of 210 (h) Impacts on Socio-economic Environment The project will definitely contribute towards the socio-economic development of the area. The land values around the project site are likely to be appreciated after the operation of the project. The direct and indirect employment to the local population during the operation of the project at both skilled and unskilled levels will benefit the local population and its specific groups. Economic activity will also get a boost for small shopkeepers, vendors and hence have a positive impact. (i) Impacts on Physical Infrastructure The proposed project will have positive impacts as far as physical infrastructure is concerned. New physical infrastructure like road network, electrification, sewerage network, solid waste management facility, drainage network would be created and it would definitely benefit the local population. (ii) Landscaping & Visual Quality With the construction of the project, there will be improvement in the landscaping of the area, which will have adequate green belt not only for attenuation of air and noise pollution but also to enhance the visual quality. (iii) Employment Opportunities The construction of the proposed project is expected to provide temporary employment to a good number of skilled and unskilled workers directly and to others like owner of construction machinery and equipments, vehicles etc. during the construction period, thus have the positive impact. Along with direct employment, there will be scope for generation of secondary employment to provide services to the working people during the operation of the proposed project for various needs. All these will be beneficial to the local economy. During the operational phase, the scope for the generation of employment for both skilled and unskilled persons would increase. Expected employment generation due to proposed project is given in table-4.1 (a). Table-4.1 (a) Impact of IMT Faridabad on employment generation S. Plot wise Description Anticipated employment generation on account of No. Plot size in acre Total No. of Plots Total Area in acres Construction Activity Skilled persons Unskilled persons Total

164 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 154 of 210 (iv) Development of Roads (Internal & External) With the development of proposed project, the road network comprising of both external and internal roads will come up with the roads hierarchy proposed as under: External roads 90 M outer peripheral road with 30 M green belt on inner side. 45 M sector dividing roads. Internal roads 30 M wide road : Internal major roads 20 M wide road : Collector streets 18 M wide road : Collector streets 15 M wide road : Collector streets 12 M wide road : Collector streets Proposed Road Levels Formation level of 45 m wide sector dividing roads and 90 m wide periphery road have been fixed above the natural ground levels. The slope of the master roads would be kept according to proposed storm water drainage proposal. The formation levels of other roads have been fixed accordingly, and are as per the standard specifications. Right of Way The right of way as well as formation width together with metalled width, side slope, of various roads will be as under: Table-4.1 (b) Design features of the Right of Way Right of Way (m) Formation width (m) Side slope Hort.-Vert. Metalled width (m) Service Lanes Camber (%) Kerbs & Channel : One side : One side : One side : Both side :1 2 carriage ways Both sides on 12 m wide :1 2 carriage ways 12 m wide Pavement Design On inner side 7 m width main roads 2.5 Both sides The pavement design will be done as per IRC-37 and IRC-58 depending upon the type of pavement. The soil classification will be carried out as per IS:1498 and tests like field density, CBR and other desirable laboratory tests shall be carried out as per IS:2720 (relevant parts). The following specifications for the pavement design would be considered: The side slopes to be 2 horizontal to 1 vertical with minimum camber 2%. The compaction of the embankment of the roads shall be considered satisfactory when desired DBD is achieved. The requirements of earth work in embankment and tentative proposed crust thicknesses for construction shall be as under Physical requirement of embankment and sub-grade shall be as per MORTH specifications. Compaction of embankment and sub grade shall be as per MORTH specifications.

165 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 155 of 210 (v) Connectivity The project site shall be provided with connectivity from either side by constructing an approach road on the canal embankment either by HSIIDC after obtaining permission from U.P Irrigation Dept or shall be got executed from U.P Irrigation Department as a deposit work. 2 Nos of bridges shall be got constructed along the dividing road of sector-2 & 64 and sector-64 & 65. On the outer periphery 90 m wide road, a bridge is also proposed on Agra Canal & the provision for the same has been made in the project cost. The improvement in connectivity will facilitate the development of socio-cultural and socioeconomic environment in the area. Keeping in view of above, the proposed project will have positive impacts towards the socio-economic environment and project proponent will do best efforts to enhance the positive impacts. (i) Impacts on Energy During construction phase of the project Fossil fuels, such as diesel fuel, gasoline and oil will be used during the construction and operation of the project for mechanical and electrical equipments and should have marginal adverse effects on renewable resources. Electricity will be used during construction to provide power to construction equipment and in operation for lighting of buildings and running utilities equipments. Electricity consumption will be kept at a minimum whenever possible by adopting electricity conservation measures. During operational phase of the project The load calculations for the industrial estate being developed by HSIIDC at IMT Faridabad for various categories would be as under: Table-4.1 (c) Load estimation under various categories S/ Stn Sector Load (kw) Load (kva) Current (Amps) A 67 & Agri B C D E F G H Total Street Light Grand Total Design & Proposal As per the norms of HVPN/ DHBVN, for load above 63 MVA, the consumer has to provide 220 kv sub-station. Accordingly, it is proposed to provide a 220 kv sub-station with 2 Nos. transformers of rating 220/ 33 kv, 100 MVA each. This sub-station would be fed from 400/ 220 kv sub-station under erection at Nawada through a 220 kv line. The distance from Nawada sub-

166 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 156 of 210 station to 220 kv sub-station at IMT Faridabad is approx. 5 km. The land required for the 220 kv sub-station would be 12 acres. It is also proposed to provide 33 kv double circuit ring main around the entire complex and 8 Nos. 33 kv sub-stations at various locations depending upon the load requirements. At each of the 33 kv sub-station, it is proposed to provide 2 Nos 10/ 12.5 MVA transformers further these would be the un-manned indoor sub-stations with provision of VCBs. The land requirement for these type of un-manned 33 kv sub-stations would be approx. 0.5 acre. Minimization of Impact The project proponent will ensure that best management practices to be followed both during the construction & operational phases of the project to conserve renewable resources. These may include, but are not limited to: Lighting of only critical areas during non-working hours; Efficient scheduling of construction crews Use of energy-efficient lighting; Minimizing idling of construction equipment and vehicles; Recycling of used motor oils and hydraulic fluids. (j) Impacts on Biological Environment The proposed project will have no adverse impact on bio-diversity since there is no significant vegetation (flora) and fauna in the project core zone. In 10 km radius of the proposed project following are neither existing nor proposed National Park Sanctuary Elephant/ Tiger Reserve Migratory routes Project Proponent would further ensure the development of adequate green belt as well as landscaping in the vicinity of the proposed project site. This would not only help in reducing the existing (baseline) level of air and noise pollution but also aim at enhancing the aesthetic and visual quality of entire area as well as provide habitation to local fauna to preserve the environmental quality. Hence, proposed project would definitely have the positive impacts as far as biological environment is concerned. 4.2 Description of Environmental Impacts The assessment, as to be carried out by considering above situation and scenario, is described hereunder: (a) Air Environment Air quality is influenced by a number of factors, which includes natural and anthropogenic or man-made. An assessment of the existing air quality status was carried out in the vicinity of the proposed project. Air Pollutant Dispersion Modeling was carried out considering two situation viz (i) Point Source of emission i.e. use of DG sets as power back-up (Guassian Model) and Line Source of emission i.e. movement of vehicles in the project vicinity (Caline Model) both considering the worst-case-scenario. The Air Quality Impact analysis of proposed project can be summarised as below:

167 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 157 of 210 (i) No project Without the proposed project in place, baseline data Ambient Air Quality Data is generated at the Core Zone & Buffer Zone of the project site. Data is summarized in table-4.2 (a). Except in case of SPM & RSPM, other AAQ indicators like SO 2, NO x & CO are within the norms of Rural, Residential and Other areas. However, in case of NAAQS for industrial area, all AQI indicators are within limit exept RSPM. Table-4.2 (a) Baseline AAQ data at Core & Buffer Zones of Proposed Project Site Data Indicator AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 SPM, µg/m 3 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile RSPM, µg/m 3 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile SO 2, µg/m 3 Minimum BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Average Maximum th Percentile NO x, µg/m 3 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile CO, mg/m 3 Minimum Average Maximum th Percentile (ii) The project without EMP With the implementation of proposed project, there will be amelioration in the ambient air quality as the proposed project is aiming at development of green belt and landscaping. Further, after the completion of construction activities, soil of the area will be stabilized and there will be drastic reduction in the area of loose soil. All these efforts will drastically reduce the air pollution in the area. (iii) The project with EMP With the implementation of EMP, there will be attenuation in the existing air pollution due to the development of green belt and landscaping of entire core zone of the project.. In addition, industrial units will implement adequate air pollution control measures in respect units, which will further help in reduction of ground level concentration of ambient air quality pollutants. (b) Noise Environment Noise pollution is most often and most simply defined as unwanted sound, which interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work, disturbs sleep and thus adversely affects the quality of human environment. In order to assess the existing noise level, noise monitoring was undertaken in the project vicinity. The ambient noise level is characterized by significant variations above a base called a Residual Noise Level, below which the ambient

168 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 158 of 210 noise does not seem to drop during a given time interval and is generally caused by unidentified distant sources. It differs in rural and urban areas. At night, its level is low due to lesser elements of noise. As suggested by monitoring data and its statistical analysis, the residual noise level (L 90 ) during the monitoring period was well within the prescribed limit of the residential areas. The results as discussed in this report indicate that during most of the monitoring time noise level was observed to be within prescribed norms. However, some higher values, as observed in the study, may be due to the movement of vehicles, aircrafts etc. The Noise Quality Impact analysis of proposed project can be summarised as below: (i) No project Without the proposed project, the noise level in the project area is within the norms prescribed for landuses such as residential, commercial & industrial areas inspite of the intense human activities both in the core and buffer zone of the project (ii) The project without EMP With the implementation of proposed project, there may be some increase in the ambient noise level due to operation of DG sets & machinery as well as movement of vehicles in the industrial area, but this impact would only be limited to day time. There may also be short-term and localized impact on noise quality during the construction of the project. However, residual noise level (L 90 ) is expected to be within the prescribed norms of industrial areas in the core zone and residential areas in the buffer zone. (iii) The project with EMP With the implementation of EMP, chances of localized and intermittent noise level could well be attenuated by appropriate acoustic enclosure (wherever applicable in case of the operation of DG sets) and development of appropriate and adequate green belt, which would further help the project proponent in reduction of the existing level of noise. (c) Water Environment The study of water environment is very significant for Environmental Impact Assessment of any new installation/ expansion of a project. It includes the study of natural environment of existing water scenario and prediction of likely impacts on it due to the upcoming installation / expansion of any project. The impact analysis on water quantity & quality of proposed project can be summarized as below: (i) No project Ground water quality in general is saline and hard in nature in the vicinity of project area. There is no significant pollution in the ground water as far as toxic constituents are concerned like heavy metals and organics. (ii) The project without EMP The proposed project activities will not contaminate the ground & surface water in the vicinity. There will not be any discharge on the open land. Domestic sewage & industrial effluent would be treated adequately. Hence, there is no threat with regard to the pollution or contamination of water resources.

169 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 159 of 210 (iii) With respect to quantity of water, there is a proposal to construct tubewells and Ranney wells along river Yamuna to meet the water demand for industrial use. There is also a proposal for Rain Water Harvesting and reuse of treated water for horticulture purpose. The project with EMP EMP would address all the problems associated with respect to water pollution, water quality and quantity due to the proposed project. (d) Land Environment Land is a major resource for sustainable development. Exponential population growth over the year resulted in the more demand for land, water and biological resources, thereby exerting tremendous pressure on land. Every piece of land has its own carrying capacity in terms of support and assimilation. The Land Environment Impact analysis of proposed project can be summarized as below: (i) No project Landuse is as per the Master Development Plan of Faridabad. In context to soil quality, analytical results, in general suggests that the soil quality in samples drawn from agricultural land as well as open uncultivated area, contains optimum level of plant nutrients and other components required for the soil for agricultural purposes. (ii) The project without EMP The proposed project of the development of IMT Faridabad will not have any significant impacts on the land environment. Landuse in the vicinity would be in adherence to the Master Development Plan. (iii) The project with EMP With the implementation of EMP, landscaping of the area would be ameliorated, which would result in the stabilization of soil as well as improvement in the visual quality of the area. (e) Biological Environment Forests are a key element of biological & ecological systems comprised of tree-dominated vegetative associations with an innate complexity, inherent diversity, and serve as a renewable resource base as well as a habitat for a myriad of life forms. Forests render numerous goods and services, and maintain life-support systems so essential for life on earth. Some of these life support systems of major economic and environmental importance are: Supply of wood & non-wood forest products, Natural habitat for bio-diversity and repository of genetic wealth, Provision of recreation and opportunity for eco-tourism, Playing an integral part of the watershed to regulate the water regime, conserve soil, and control floods Carbon sequestration and functions as a carbon sink.

170 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 160 of 210 The Biological Environment Impact analysis of proposed project can be summarized as below: (i) No project There is no forest land in the proposed project vicinity. (ii) The project without EMP Since there is no forest land in the project area, impact of the Biological Environment could not be envisaged both during the construction and operation of the project. The proposed project will, therefore, have no adverse impact on bio-diversity since there is no significant vegetation (flora) and fauna in the project core zone. (iii) The project with EMP Project Proponent would ensure the development of adequate green belt as well as landscaping as a part of EMP. This would not only help in reducing the existing (baseline) level of air and noise pollution but also aim at enhancing the aesthetic and visual quality of entire area and also, provide habitation to local fauna to preserve the environmental quality. Hence, proposed project would definitely have the positive impacts as far as biological environment is concerned. (f) Socio-economic Environment Impact on socio-economic environment in the vicinity of any project, revolves around the mode of change that is likely to occur due to the beneficial and adverse effects arising out of the project activity. Generally, implementation of project activities results in a change in socioeconomic profile of the surrounding area due to change in land use pattern, operation and maintenance of the project, change in the occupational pattern of the local residents, boost in the local economy due to employment opportunities, increased business, improved infrastructure etc. Due to this change basic amenity needs improvement so as to keep pace with the industrial development. The Socio-economic Environment Impact analysis of proposed project can be summarized as below: (i) No project Presently project area is having good socio-economic index. (ii) The project without EMP The project would contribute towards the socio-economic development of the area at the local level. The land values around the project site are likely to be appreciated after the operation of the project. The direct and indirect employment to the local population during the operation of the project at both skilled and unskilled levels will benefit the local population and its specific groups.

171 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 161 of 210 Project would facilitate the creation of physical infrastructure in the core and buffer zone. The construction of the proposed project is expected to provide temporary employment to a good number of skilled and unskilled workers directly and to others like owner of plant and equipments, vehicles etc. during the construction period, thus have the positive impact. Along with direct employment, there will be scope for generation of secondary employment to provide services to the working people during the operation of the proposed project for various needs. All these will be beneficial to the local economy. 4.3 Statement of Environmental Impacts (a) Potential Impacts during Construction Phase as well as operation phase of the project are summarized in table-4.3 (a) and table-4.3 (b). Table-4.3 (a) Potential Impacts during Construction Phase of the Project Environment Media Potential Impacts Source of Impact Type of Impact Safeguards/ Mitigative Measures Air Environment Increase in NO 2 concentration & Dust Concentration DG Sets/ Construction Equipment/ Vehicles Short Term Adequate service Adequate chimney height; Water Spraying Drainage Pattern Water Logging Change in landuse Short term only during the construction Landuse is strictly as per the Master Development Plan Landscaping Visual & aesthetic Quality of the area Change in landuse Beneficial Impact Visual & aesthetic Quality of the area will be improved Water Environment Spillage/ Seepage Construction Material Short Term Careful handling of equipment Noise Environment Increase in Noise Level due to operation of equipment DG Sets Construction Short Term Adequate service Acoustic enclosure for DG sets Socio-economy Increase in Socioeconomy Employment Generation Facility Creation Beneficial Impacts - Ecology Biodiversity & No Significant Impact No Significant Impact as there is no forest in the buffer zone No Significant Impact (No notified flora & fauna in the region) Green Belt Development Generation of Solid & Hazardous Waste Water Pollution Land Pollution Aesthetic Impacts Construction Material Short term Adequate maintenance; recycling & re-use of material Odour Problem Aesthetic Quality of the area due to objectionable odour There is no significant source of causing objectionable odour No impacts significant Aesthetic quality of the area would be improved

172 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 162 of 210 Table-4.3 (b) Potential Impacts during Operational Phase of the Project Environment Media Potential Impacts Source of Impact Type of Impact Safeguards/ Mitigative Measures Air Environment Increase in NO 2 concentration & Dust Concentration DG Sets / Vehicular movement No Significant Impact as unorganized sectors will be made organized. Adequate service Adequate chimney height Water Spraying; Attenuation by Green Belt Drainage Pattern Water Logging Change in landuse No Impact (Drainage pattern will be well planned & improved) Landuse is strictly as per the Master Development Plan Landscaping Visual & aesthetic Quality of the area Change in landuse Beneficial Impacts as landscaping of the area would be improved Visual & aesthetic Quality of the area will be improved Water Environment Discharge by industries Industrial Effluent Short Term and well controlled 10.5 x 2 = 21 MLD CETP will be installed & bigger plots will treat their effluent. Treated water will be recycled for horticultural purposes Abstraction groundwater of Withdrawal groundwater of Short-term as adequate measures will be envisaged to recycle treated water; recharge groundwater through rainwater harvesting and tapping external source along river Yamuna bed. 60% demand of water would be met from external source i.e Radial Collector Wells (Ranney wells) Battery of tubewells in river Yamuna bed Rainwater harvesting will be done to recharge groundwater. Noise Environment Increase in Noise Level due to operation of equipment DG Sets Construction Short Term Adequate service Acoustic enclosure for DG sets Socio-economy Increase in Socioeconomy Employment Generation Facility Creation Beneficial Impacts IMT will provide opportunities for direct and indirect employment for skilled & unskilled persons. Contd.

173 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 163 of 210 Table-4.3 (b) contd. Environment Media Potential Impacts Source of Impact Type of Impact Safeguards/ Mitigative Measures Ecology Biodiversity & No Significant Impact No Significant Impact as there is no forest in the buffer zone No Significant Impact (No notified flora & fauna in the region) Green Belt Development Generation of Solid & Hazardous Waste Water Pollution Land Pollution Aesthetic Impacts Domestic & Industrial Waste Short term MSW will be disposed off at notified waste disposal site. HW will be managed as per HW management & handling rules. Odour Problem Aesthetic Quality of the area due to objectionable odour There will not be any odour intensive industry in the proposed IMT. There is no significant source of causing objectionable odour No impacts significant Aesthetic quality of the area would further be improved by better landscaping and green belt development. The project with EMP With the implementation of EMP, there will be a general amelioration of the socio-economic environment of the area. It would have following socio-economic advantages: Enhanced visual and aesthetic quality of the area. Better employment opportunities for skilled workers. Indirect employment opportunities for the inhabitants. Better infrastructure of the area. Improved landscaping. Better connectivity. 4.4 The overall pollution load and limits of the IMT and for Faridabad area CEPI score monitored by Central Pollution Control Board in case of Faridabad is given below. CEPI score for Faridabad has been reduced from [with Air (Critical), Water (Severe) & Land (Critical)] to [with Air (Normal), Water (Critical) & Land (Normal)]. Critical Polluted Area CEPI (2009) CEPI (2013) Faridabad Ac_Ws_Lc An_Wc_Ln With the operational of IMT, Faridabad, the CEPI score will further be curtailed as the project aims at

174 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 164 of 210 Development of Industrial Model Township at Faridabad, which would help in creation state-of-the-art industrial infrastructure in the district. Relocation of existing operational industries from non-conforming areas to IMT (50% of plots are reserved for allotment to such units already operating within the municipal limits of Faridabad). This would help in abatement of pollution to a greater extent. This would also help towards planned growth of industries in Faridabad. Development of better landscaping in the vicinity as well as creation of green belt in the area which would eventually helps in the improvement of visual and aesthetic quality of the area. With the implementation of the project, other utilities would also be created like development of road network, sewerage network, augmentation of water supply system & wastewater treatment, solidwaste collection facility, educational and health facilities etc. In nutshell, project aims at amelioration of the socio-economy of the areas as well as providing basic amenities to people. The proposed Common Effluent Treatment Plant with Tertiary Treatment facility will help in utilization of treated water for various end-use applications. Setting-up of IMT is a part of Long Term Action Plan submitted to Central Pollution Control Board to bring down pollution load as well as to curtail down the CEPI score in Faridabad area.

175 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 165 of ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN INCLUDING MITIGATION MEASURES, ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM AND PROJECT BENEFIT Environmental Management is an integral part of the planning process for any ongoing / expansion of project activities. Environmental planning & sustainable development approach is essential to maintain balance between supportive and assimilative capacities of a region and hence to stay within the carrying capacity. The Management Plan for construction and operation phases of the development of the proposed industrial estate of HSIIDC at IMT Faridabad would include measures that minimize adverse impacts to the environment. 5.1 The Objective of EMP The objectives of the development of Environmental Management Plan for the proposed project activities would be to reduce the negative impacts to acceptable level & enhance the positive impact to achieve Sustainable Development in the region. Overall Aim Sustainable development in the region. To reduce or eliminate the detrimental impacts on environment To reduce or eliminate the hazards associated with the project activities. A better protection and conservation of the natural resources. To facilitate linkage between inter-sectoral development. Prevention of the deterioration of the environment. Protection and enhancement of the ecosystems. Promotion of the sustainable use of resources. Protection of environment against prioritised hazardous substances. Management of the risks to reduce or eliminate hazards. 5.2 Environment Management Plan for Proposed Project The major concerns for the EMP of the proposed project activities would be: Delineation of mitigation and compensation measures for all the identified significant impacts. Delineation of unmitigated impacts. Physical planning including work programme, time schedule and locations for putting mitigation and compensation systems in place. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the process to ensure that environmental considerations are integrated into the project scope. These are tools for mitigating or offsetting the potential adverse environmental impacts resulting from various activities of the project. The environmental management plan (EMP) would, therefore, consists of following main components: To integrate potential impacts (positive or negative), environmental mitigation measures, implementation schedule, and monitoring plans.

176 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 166 of 210 To describe the potential environmental impacts and proposed management associated with each stage of the project development. To control environmental impacts to levels within acceptable standards, and to minimize possible impact on the community and the workforce of foreseeable risks during the construction and subsequent operational phases of the project. To highlight that the environmental mitigation measures shall be used in consonance with good management practices and good engineering design, construction and operation practices. The EMP would, hence, be a working document that concerned stakeholders need to both understand environmental concerns and to address associated issues to facilitate environmental management. 5.3 Impact Mitigation during Construction Phase Environment protection measures/precautions shall be adopted to minimize the impacts due to activities during the construction stage. The impacts during the construction phase on the environment would be of transient and short-term nature and are expected to reduce gradually on completion of construction activities. Nevertheless, efforts are needed to reduce these short-term impacts on various components of the environment, as illustrated below, to the possible extent Air Quality Management During the construction phase, certain amount of dust shall be generated due to the mobilization of men, machinery and materials. The processes, which causes pollution includes land clearing, leveling of land, operation of construction machinery/equipment, foundations, buildings and other requisite infrastructure etc. closed to the construction site. The impacts may be temporary in nature and shall marginally deteriorate the ambient air quality. However, Project Proponent would ensure following measure for reduction of the dust generation: Topsoil removed shall be preserved for later reinstatement purposes by piling it along a boundary the site. Construction dust materials should be sprayed with water for dust suppression prior to any loading, unloading or transfer operation so as to maintain the dusty materials wet to avoid dispersion. Stockpiles of aggregate or spoil shall be covered and water applied. Vehicles involved in transportation of loose and fine materials like sand and fine aggregates shall be covered to reduce spills on roads. The height from which excavated materials are dropped shall be controlled to a minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation from unloading. Earth moving equipment, typically a bulldozer with a grader blade and ripper shall be used for excavation work All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction shall be regularly maintained to ensure that the pollution emission levels conform to the CPCB norms. Another source of gaseous emissions is the DG sets, which may be used as back-up for power generation for pumping stations. The DG sets shall be properly maintained to fulfil the statutory requirements. The periodical ambient air quality monitoring shall be done to ensure that the significant impacts are being mitigated adequately.

177 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 167 of Noise Level Management The noise shall be generated mainly due to operations of machinery/equipment/dg Sets used for construction and transportation of materials to the sire. The Project Proponent would ensure following measures to minimize the noise levels generated at the site: DG Sets for back-up power to be provided with adequate acoustic enclosure and to be fitted with muffler to reduce the noise in adherence with the regulatory requirements. All plants and construction equipments shall be fitted with noise control measures. Acoustic enclosures to be provided for compressors for drills and rock cutters. Provision of protective devices such as ear muffs/plugs to the workers Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery to be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective to be replaced. Vehicles hired for bringing construction materials at site shall conform to the noise emission standards and to be operated during non-peak hours. To have the provision of Noise Barriers in form of Dense Tree Belt around the Periphery and particularly facing residential areas. Ambient noise level monitoring shall be conducted at suitable locations at periodic intervals during construction phase to conform to the stipulated standards both during day and nighttime. Data shall be reviewed and analyzed by the project manager for adhering to any strict measure. (a) Guidelines for control of Pollution from Stationary Diesel Generator (DG) Sets (i) Noise Standards for DG Sets ( KVA) The total sound power level, Lw, of a DG set should be less than, log 10 (KVA), db (A), at the manufacturing stage, where, KVA is the nominal power rating of a DG set. (ii) Acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment of room for stationary DG sets (5 KVA and above) Noise from the DG set should be controlled by providing an acoustic enclosure or by treating the room acoustically. The acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment of the room should be designed for minimum 25 db(a) of Insertion Loss or for meeting the ambient noise standards, whichever is on the higher side (if the actual ambient noise is on the higher side, it may not be possible to check the performance of the acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment. Under such circumstances the performance may be checked for noise reduction upto actual ambient noise level, preferably, in the nighttime). The measurement for Insertion Loss may be done at different points at 0.5m from the acoustic enclosure/room, and then averaged. The DG set should also be provided with proper exhaust muffler with Insertion Loss of minimum 25-dB (A).

178 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 168 of Water Resource Management The proper drainage system shall be constructed at site on temporary basis at an early stage. Salient features of water quality management shall comprise of following, which would be ensured by Project Proponent: Raw water quality shall be checked on regular basis for essential parameters as per BIS guidelines. All the waste from the site shall be treated in the septic tanks provided. All the debris resulting from the site shall be isolated from the waste water and disposed of separately A sediment trap shall be provided to prevent the discharge of excessive suspended solids. Wash down area for cleaning of vehicles wheels shall be provided and wheel wash waste shall be drained properly. No untreated discharge is to be made to water courses. To prevent contamination from accidental spillage of oil, the storage areas shall be bonded and will be inspected and cleaned at regular intervals Water availability to the construction staff should be fit for drinking purpose. Code to ensure drinking water quality is Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water Quality IS Land Environment Management The following measure shall be adapted by the Project Proponent to prevent/ reduce the soil contamination: It will be ensured that no construction spoils of any unsuitable material are disposed off on roadside or any other place in the project area. Litter, fuel, oil drums, used grease cartridges will be collected and removed properly. Dust bins shall be placed at requisite locations Lubrication waste oil shall be collected separately in drums and shall be disposed of as per standard practice Solid waste (building material, metal scrap, wood, plastic etc) generated during the construction phase shall be properly segregated. The recyclable plastic, metal etc waste should be separately stored. Other material will be used for land filling or the designated Solid waste disposal sites. Construction debris will be collected and suitably used on site as per construction waste management plan. The project proponent will take prior permission from the competent authority for disposal of construction waste on landfill site in the project area.

179 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 169 of 210 Careful attention will be given for design and maintenance of earthwork and drainage systems during construction to avoid creation of significant habitat areas for mosquito larvae. Use of larvicides may be required to prevent mosquito breeding in silt traps Land Use Pattern and Ecology Management Disturbance during the construction phase shall be of very localized. To keep the disturbance at a minimum, the following measures are recommended: Land clearing for the construction site will be kept at the absolute minimum practicable Construction site will be designed to minimize the removal of soil and vegetation Topsoil will be cleared and stored for later reinstatement purposes by piling along the boundary of the site Traffic Movement Management In order to minimize impact of Traffic Movement, following measures would be taken up: Planning vehicle movements would ensure the minimal use of road and help in reducing the adverse impacts, if any. Appraisal to traffic police about the construction activities would help in better management. Road crossings to be used during the construction period shall be well marked to prevent the accidents. Spray down dirt roads if too dusty Socioeconomic Environment Management The Project Proponent would ensure the positive impacts on socioeconomic environment and would envisage measures to minimize the negative impacts, if any. The construction contractor would ensure that kerosene or cooking gas to be provided to construction workers on-site so that they do not resort to using fuel wood for cooking. The construction contractor would ensure that temporary sanitary facilities shall be provided on-site to workers so that proper hygienic conditions could be maintained. Provide temporary employment generation opportunities Construction Workers Health & Safety Plan In order to ensure the health and safety of construction workers, project proponent would advise construction contractors to envisage adequate steps, as described below. To allocate adequate & appropriate place to construction workers so that they can make temporary sheds for the purpose of dwelling under hygienic conditions.

180 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 170 of 210 To provide potable water at site so that workers should not get exposed to water borne diseases. To provide first-aid facilities in the proximity of the construction sites and to work on the modalities for providing immediate ambulance services in the event of any major injury to facilitate workers to avail hospital services well in time. To provide all necessary safety gadgets to construction workers like helmets, protective footwear and gloves. The personnel engaged in the work of mixing, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc. to be provided with masks to reduce the impact of direct exposure. Persons to be engaged in welding activities to be provided with protective eye-shields to ensure safety during welding. Ear-plugs are to be provided to workers exposed to high noise areas. Labors working on elevated platforms to be provided with safety belts. The construction contractor will strictly adhere to the statutory child labour act. The construction contractor will also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead products is used except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Facemasks will be provided for use to the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray. Adequate safety measures will be ensured for workers during handling of materials at site. The contractor will adhere to all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, and safe means of entry and exit. The construction contractor will take adequate precautions to prevent danger from electrical equipments. All machines to be used in the construction will conform to the relevant Indian Standard Codes, and will be kept in good working order. These would be regularly inspected and properly maintained as per the provision of standard. The construction contractor would ensure that no danger or inconvenience to be caused to any person or the public by placing or stacking the material for construction. All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public. Utmost efforts would be put-up by construction contractor to maintain the aesthetic quality of the area as well as maintain the optimum lightening in the area to avert any mishappening. 5.4 Impact Mitigation during Operational Phase The Project Proponent would do all out efforts to minimize the negative impacts and enhance the positive impacts during operational phase of the project Air Quality Management The operational phase impact of the proposed project would be due to the operation of DG sets in the industrial estate and movement of vehicles The impacts on local air quality would be minimized by adopting following measures : Development of Green belt with specific species, which would help to attenuate SPM level as well as the impact of gaseous pollutants. Use of ultra low sulfur diesel for DG sets and raising the height of stack as per the standard.

181 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 171 of 210 Heavy and light vehicles are the other major sources of CO. Awareness to be created among users of the vehicles to ensure that all vehicles and their exhausts shall be well maintained and regularly tested for emission concentration All DG sets should have properly insulated exhausts and chimney heights as per MoEF norms. Ambient Air Quality would be monitored periodically Noise Level Management The Project Proponent would suggest industrial associations as well as housing societies to adopt measures to curb Noise Pollution. Some of the design features would ensure low noise levels, which are given below: Provision of acoustic enclosure would be ensured by the users, wherever possible (mainly DG sets). Restricted use of loudspeakers in the sensitive zone. Noise barriers in form of trees are recommended to be grown around the vicinity. This is the plan as per the landscaping of the area. All noise generating sources in the industrial area will be equipped with appropriate noise control measures. Sound levels will be consistent with local government regulations. Ambient noise levels will be periodically monitored to determine compliance with the norms. By these measures, it is anticipated that the noise levels in the vicinity would be maintained below the regulatory level Land Environment Management Plan (a) Solid waste management With the adoption of sustainable development as an approach to manage the environment, quality waste management techniques is essential. The principle aim of waste management is to sustain the environment by ensuring that waste does not contaminate the environment at such a rate or in such a form or quantity as to overload natural assimilative processes and cause pollution. Eliminating or minimizing waste generation is becoming crucial, both environmentally and economically, for reducing waste-related liabilities and costs. Awareness would be created among industrial associations & housing societies to adopt following practices: Organic waste : Such type of waste (food waste, wood or other biodegradable waste) can be composed and later used as manure Recyclable waste : Wastes like plastic, metals, etc. can be recycled Other wastes control : The sludge generated from the sewage treatment plant (STP) at the plant shall be used as manure for the green belt. Regular monitoring shall be carried out to assess any adverse impact (characterization). The solid waste generated as municipal waste (Garbage & Households) can be collected and segregated along with the domestic waste generated from the plant and will be sent to a municipal waste disposal site allocated by local administrative authorities.

182 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 172 of 210 (b) (i) MSW Handling & Management Plan Storage of Wastes Appropriate provisions would be made for storage of solid wastes. Adequate means of access would also be provided from the place of storage to a collection point specified by the waste collection authority. Coloured wheeled bins would be provided such as dark grey for non-recyclable waste green for kitchen food/ compostable garden waste blue for paper (generally used for flats, schools, offices etc). In addition, boxes would be provided for the collection of other recyclable materials a green box can be used for paper a black box can be used for cans and plastic collections. (ii) Solidwaste Management Tools and Bin area design and layout Construction of primary collection centers by providing platform of size 3 m x 3 m as per design including provision of 1 No. Bin at each site Provision of tools & plants (Phase-I) Provision of handcarts of size 1.2m x 0.6 m x 0.6 m with single wheel at the front and support at the back as per design Provision of trycycles manual driven with bin of size 1.5 m x 1.2 m x 0.75 m with cover manufactured out of MS sheet as per design Provision of tools & plants (Phase-II) Provision of motorized trycycles provided with 50 CC petrol engine and the bin size of 1.5 m x 1.2 m x 0.75 m with cover as per design. Provision of Hydraulic vehicles for lifting of Bins & transportation of garbage All bin storage areas should have Adequate lighting natural and / or artificial. Good natural ventilation if completely enclosed. A smooth, easily cleanable floor

183 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 173 of 210 (iii) Budget for Solid Wastes Management for Proposed Project Table-5.4 (a) Budget for solid wastes management for proposed project Sl. Description Qty Rate (Rs) Unit Amount (Rs) Phase-I 1. Provision of tools & plants like Trycycles/ Handcarts etc (a) Handcarts of size 1.2m x 0.6 m x 0.6 m with single wheel at Nos the front and support at the back as per design (b) Trycycles manual driven with bin of size 1.5 m x 1.2 m x Nos m with cover manufactured out of MS sheet as per design 2. Construction of primary collection centres by providing Nos platform of size 3 m x 3 m as per design including provision of 1 No. Bin at each site Total Phase-II 1. Provision of tools & plants like motorized Trycycles (a) Motorized trycycles provided with 50 CC petrol engine and Nos the bin size of 1.5 m x 1.2 m x 0.75 m with cover as per design 2. Hydraulic vehicles for lifting of Bins & transportation of Nos garbage Total Sl. Name of Sub Head : Solid Waste Management Cost (in Rs) Phase-1 Phase-II 1. Total Cost for Solid Waste Management Add 3% Contingency Charges Add 1% Quality Control/ Quality Assurance Charges Total Grand Total (c) Landscape The Landscape concept for the development of Industrial Estate at IMT Faridabad evolves a system of open spaces which have the potential to develop into a landscape with distinctive visual qualities, fulfilling the required ecological and recreational functions. The location and alignment of existing landscape features would have been used to structure the development. Advantage would be taken of topographic assets such as the natural drainage as well as major city level open spaces along these corridors, integrating existing landscape and new development. Essentially the proposed landscape comprises of the following interlinked but hierarchical distinct components. The informal naturalistic component along canal, serving a regional recreation function. The more formal and organized component serving as a local space system on the East-west drainage corridors. The open space system within the sectors and neighbourhood. Land use : It would be in accordance with the Master Development Plan Green Belt Development Plan Mitigation of environmental pollution has emerged as one of the challenging task during the environmental management plan. The status is further likely to become more acute with continued and enhanced rate of development and limitation of the carrying capacity of the respective environmental basins. Hence, a systematic afforestation/ plantation work needs to be carried out in the vicinity of proposed industrial estate, which would be promoted by project

184 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 174 of 210 proponent and necessary awareness to this effect would also be created by the project proponent. Plantation would facilitate the attenuation of both air and noise pollution. The conceptual approach for development of green belt in and around the project area has multifaceted objectives. Capacity of plants to reduce air pollution is very well known and has been reported in literature. In order to attenuate air and noise pollution and recycling of wastewater, optimum greenbelt development is essential. In this context, size of greenbelt, width of greenbelt and height of greenbelt are critical parameters. Selection of tree species, which can be grown around, is also a matter of concern. Plants differ considerably with reference to their response towards pollutants attenuation, some being highly sensitive and others hardy and tolerant. (a) Objective of the development of green belt The objective of optimal development of greenbelt in the project area would be Attenuation of air/ noise pollutants Recycling of wastewater Balancing the ecology of the area Enhancing the aesthetics and visual quality of the area. (b) Area for the development of greenbelt It is suggested to develop greenbelt in maximum possible area, which would have intensive as well as extensive landscape. The extensive landscape would include trees planted along the periphery of the premises in line as well as in cluster form. (c) Selection of Plant Species Based on the regional background, soil quality, rainfall, temperature and human interactions, greenbelt has to be developed. For the development of greenbelt, adequate information is required regarding climate, and human interactions. Greenbelt with varieties of species is preferred to maintain species diversity, rational utilization of nutrients and for maintaining health of the trees. Well planned greenbelt will develop a favorable micro-climate to support different micro-organisms in the soil and as a result of which soil quality will improve further, depending upon the climatological conditions and regional ecological status. Plant species shall be selected based on: The agro climatic conditions of the area Properties of soil Nature of pollutants The selected plant species should be: Fast growing, evergreen & with thick canopy Resistant to pollutants discharged Indigenous Detailed floral description of the project area has been illustrated in Chapter- 3.8 (Biological Environment). Plants having adaptability with the local agro-climatic conditions can be selected from detailed floral inventory. Major focus would be given on Horticulture & Road Side Plantation, with development in following areas: (i) Development of Parks The total green area is in the shape of various small parks, which would be fenced with toe wall & grill fencing.

185 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 175 of 210 The central portion of the parks would be covered with fine grassing while the bigger trees would be planted on outer periphery. (ii) Green Belt Green belts will be fenced with toe wall & grill fencing and will be developed with thick plantation. The green belt proposed under the HT over head lines shall be provided with fine grassing and variety of flowering shrubs. (iii) Road side plantation Road side plantation will be carried out by sapling of Pikhan, Kusum, Silver Oak, Bahera, Neem and Kanak Chama. Jamun, Gulmohar, Papri, Putranjiva, Amaltas, Pilkhan and Maulsari would be planted for development of green belt. Plantation of Neem, Amaltas, Pipal, Pilkhan and Maulsiri are recommended for parking areas. (iv) Other plants Peacock flower, Paper-chase tree, Gardenia brilliant gardenia, Golden champak, Yellow oleander, Rangoon creeper, oinsettia, Coral creeper, Moonbeam, Golden shower, Redbell bush tree of sorrow, Glory lily heavenly blue etc. would be planted in the vicinity of project site. (d) Plantation Technique For plantation of small plants digging of pits is very important for preparing soil environment near the roots of the plants. Size of the pit should be optimum enough to supply required nutrients to the roots of the plants. The usual method is to dig pit of required size, 3 to 4 months before planting of species, which is generally done at the break of the monsoon. The pits of 45 x 45 x 45 cm size in case of hardier species, like eucalyptus, shisham, acacia, etc., but larger pit size is preferred for fruit yielding trees like mango, jamun, etc. 1 x 1 x 1 m pits may be used for plantation of other trees. The soils of the plant side should be mixed with one-third farm yard manure before refilling about a week prior to planting. In poor soils where nutrient contents are inadequate, it is necessary to add chemical fertilizers for optimum growth. Details of the plantation procedure to be followed is described below: Excavate a trench of about 1 x 1 x 1m size. Remove excavate earth from the trenches. Fill up excavated trench with equal quantity of soil and compost with little quantity of gypsum. Add water continuously 3-4 days after refilling the trench with soil and compost. (e) Water Demand for Landscaping Landscaping forms an important part of the building environment. This is constituted by combination of vegetation, paving and various other landscape features such as water bodies. The vegetation includes lawns, shrubs, herbs and trees. In general, the water demand for lawns and shrubs are higher as compared to trees, which does not require or require less water after establishment. In addition, native species also require less water. Measures for reducing water demand for landscape The water consumption for the gardening depends on the type of plant species and the plant factors. As the plant factor for native species and trees is the minimum, one of the option to reduce the water demand for gardening is to include more native species and low water

186 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 176 of 210 consuming species. Other option include use of efficient fixtures for watering, following certain best practices to minimize losses and optimize consumption. (i) Xeriscaping: Xeriscape is one of the efficient ways to reduce water consumption through creative landscaping. This involves plantation of dry plants and those plants, which can live, once established, with little or no supplemental watering. Some of these are also drought tolerant and can survive even in areas with minimal rainfall. Some of the palm trees such as Phoenix dactylifera, Yucca starlite and groundcovers such as Asparagus sprengeri, which is succulent, can be used as part of the landscape to conserve water. Other species namely, Pandanus Dwarf, which is xerophytic, and Bougainvillea which is a climber would also help in water use minimization. (ii) Native vegetation Native vegetation is original to a particular place, including trees, shrubs, and other plants. These generally require less water and less maintenance. (iii) Efficient irrigation equipments Drip irrigation To save water, drip irrigation is an efficient technique as it prevents loss of water due to evaporation, run-off and percolation. Further, it has a better control and facilitates uniform water distribution. However, this system cannot be used for lawns and ground covers but for nonnative turf and other non-xerophytic plants. Sprinkler irrigation Sprinkler irrigation system requires a network of pipes and pumping system to maintain sufficient pressure for uniform distribution. It is best suited for areas with sandy soils which have high infiltration rates. To prevent water logging, the system should be designed in such a way that infiltration rate exceeds the application rate. Sprinklers which can produce fine sprays are more efficient as compared to those that produce large water droplets. The efficiencies of irrigation systems differ widely. Further, to improve the efficiency certain measures can be followed, which includes use of a pressure regulator for pressures greater than 30 psi which will significantly reduce the loss during watering. Efficiencies of different kinds of irrigation equipment are given below: Irrigation System Efficiency Micro, drip : 85% Micro, spray : 80% Multiple sprinkler : 75% Sprinkler, container nursery : 20% Sprinkler, large guns : 70% Seepage : 50% Crown floods : 50% Fixed time schedule for watering Time schedule for watering of plants plays an important role in saving water. Irrigation should be done during the coolest time of the day (early mornings and evenings) to avoid loss due to evaporation and wind drift. Also, the frequency of irrigation should be reduced during the

187 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 177 of 210 winters. Regular flushing of the irrigation lines and other parts should be done. The use of combination of mitigation options can result in savings of water as indicated below. It indicates the reduction in water that is possible by stepwise reduction in areas of high water consuming species. By reducing the lawn area by 50% and replacing it with shrubs, it is possible to achieve 32 % savings and by further introducing native species to the level of 25%, further increase in savings of 42% is achieved. Options Savings in water (%) 100% Lawn : - 50% lawn : 50% shrubs : 32 % 50% lawn : 25% shrubs : 25% natives : 75 % 100% native : 64 % Ecological system consisting of varieties of interrelationship between both Biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprising of both plant and animal communities used to interact with abiotic physical and chemical components of the environment. The choice of the plant species is broadly determined by the climate and ground condition. In the development of green belt areas, multipurpose plant species should be selected. This will automatically satisfy the ecological requirement of plant diversity. (f) Green belt design for proposed IMT at Faridabad on the layout The layout has been enclosed for the green belt design for the proposed IMT at Faridabad, which indicates 30 metre wide green belt all along 90 metre road as well as along one of 45 m roads. In addition, various parks have been carved out. The green strips below 400 KV and 220 KV H.T lines may also be developed. Walkways have also been proposed in the green belt of 30 m wide road. A total of around 186 acres of land under green belts and parks have been planned. Sector- 68 is having maximum 16.2% area (72.86 acre) under green belt. Table-5.4 (b) Area under green belts in the proposed IMT Faridabad Schedule of area Area in acre Sec-66 Sec-67 Sec-68 Sec-69 Sec-70 Sec-71 Agri Total Zone Net area planned Area under green belts Percentage Green belts 11%

188 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 178 of 210 (g) Budget for Horticulture and Road Side Plantation Table-5.4 (c) Budget for horticulture & roadside plantation for proposed project Sl. Description Plantation & Road Side Trees Qty Rate Unit Amount (in Rs) 1. Development of Lawns a/ns (DSR 23.1) b/ns (DSR23.3) c/ NS (DSR ) 2 /33.16 HSR Trenching the ordinary soil up to depth of 60 cm i.e removal & stacking of serviceable material & disposing by spreading and leveling within a lead of 50 M and making up the trench area for proper levels by filling with earth or earth mixed with manure before and after flooding trench with water (cost of earth & manure); as per design statement of roads (D) 90 mtr wide road = sq.mtr 45 mtr wide road = sq.mtr Total = sq.mtr or x 0.6 = cum Supply and stacking sludge at site including royalty and carriage x 0.04 = cum Grassing with Doob Grass i.e watering & maintenance of lawns for 30 days till the grass forms a thick lawn, free from weeds and fit moving in rows 7.5 cm part in either direction including provision for hedges & barbed wire around park ; sq.mtr Maintenance of lawns or turfing of slopes for a period of one year cum cum sq.m sq.m Providing & planting trees along roads at 12 m interval No. of trees Nos No. of shrubs Nos Providing & fixing of tree guards 25% of number of trees 5. Toe wall, fencing wall in green belts as per drawing Nos mtrs Add C.P 150% on item No Total Cost

189 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 179 of 210

190 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 180 of Water Environment Management (a) Ground Water Quality and Quantity Rainwater harvesting for optimum utilization of rainwater would help in recharging the ground water level / borewell area. It can be facilitated by well-designed storm water networks to collect the rainwater from the site area and diverted to the rainwater harvesting pits for recharging the ground water. Run off from building areas during rains will be utilized for harvesting and recharge of ground water. Appropriate water conservation measures will be adopted in regular activities. The Project Proponent would create awareness among industrial associations and housing societies to adopt rain water housing practices for conservation of groundwater resources. (b) Water Supply The water demand to be met through tubewells together with anticipated yield from one tubewell and hence number of tubewells to be required for proposed project, have been illustrated in following table. It is estimated that about KLD of water demand to be met through 25 Nos. of tubewells each having the yield of 480 KLD. Table-5.4 (d) Design of local tubewells Total water demand excluding the fire fighting demand KLD Demand to be met through local tubewells (40% of total demand) KLD (add 10% more) = (12700 KLD) Anticipated yield from one tubewell Rate litres/ hr Running hours 16 Hrs (Assumption) Yield from one tubewell litres (480 KLD) No. of tubewells needed / = 25 Nos. Water demand to be met from external sources (i.e through Ranney wells and tubewells) along river Yamuna has been described in table-5.4 (d). It is estimated that KLD demand would be met through 2 Nos. of Ranney wells each having the yield of 7500 KLD. Water demand of 8768 KLD would be met through 11 Nos of tubewells each with the yield of 800 KLD along river Yamuna. Table-5.4 (e) Design of External Sources (Ranney wells & tubewells) along river Yamuna Demand to be met from Ranney wells & tubwells KLD (add 10% more) = KLD Anticipated yield from Ranney wells 7500 KLD No. of Ranney wells required 2 Nos Anticipated yield from one tubewell along river Yamuna No. of tubewells needed Rate Running hours Yield from one tubewell litres/ hr 16 Hrs (Assumption) litres (800 KLD) 6 Nos It has been proposed that all plots of size 2 acres and above (79 Nos. with cumulative area of acres shall treat the wastewater to the extent of 30% of their discharge to cater for air conditioning, horticulture and extra demand for processing, if any.

191 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 181 of 210

192 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 182 of 210 Water Balance Diagram for IMT Faridabad Total Water Demand (39090 KLD) Fresh Water Demand (28890 KLD) Wastewater (20300 KLD) Internal Tubewells (11555 KLD + 10% Standby) Zone-1 (Water Works-1) Zone-2 (Water Works-II) Zone-3 (Water Works-III) External Water Works (17335 KLD + 10% Standby) 2 Nos. of Ranney Well 6 Nos of Tubewells along River Yamuna 21 MLD CETP (10.5 x 2) MLD Total average waste water generation per day 75% (21650 KLD) Waste water to be generated by 79 bigger plots (4410 KLD) 30% to be treated within the plot (1323 KLD) Net waste water available ( = KLD) Absorption/ Evaporation Loss (25%) 5000 KLD Treated Effluent (16000 KLD) Tertiary Treatment 6000 KLD To be discharged after meeting regulatory norms till further demand generated for the use of recycled water Treated Effluent (10000 KLD) (To be re-used for Green Belt/ Open Spaces)

193 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 183 of 210 Table-5.4 (f) Abstract of cost for Water Supply Sub Work Sl. No. of Sub Head Description of Sub Head Cost (in Rs) Phase-I Phase-II 1. Sub Head No.1 Source Generation (Internal) Sub Head No.2 Water Works Sub Head No.3 Internal Distribution System & Rising Main from Main Water Works 4. Sub Head No.4 Automation (Internal) Sub Head No.5 Automation (External) Sub Head No.6 Source Generation & Transportation (External) 7. Sub Head No.7 Land Cost Total Add 3% towards Contingencies Charges Add 1% towards Quality Control/ Quality Assurance Total Cost Total Cost of Water Supply Wastewater Management The wastewater collection & treatment system will be designed as per the guidelines laid in the Manual of Water Supply & Sewerage published by Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India. The industries would treat their total wastewater to the extent to make it fit to be discharged into the Public Sewer as per guidelines laid in manual. The bigger plot holders (higher than 1 acre) shall treat atleast 30% of the discharge to the extent of tertiary level treatment for the use as recycled water for air conditioning, horticulture & additional industrial demand. The site of Common Effluent Treatment Plant has been proposed in land marked for utilities in Sector-71. The horticulture demand of water shall be met by recycling of wastewater up to tertiary treatment level.

194 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 184 of 210 Wastewater Treatment Waste water Treatment plants to be installed in 2 module of KLD each as its expected that demand may rise gradually in 10 years. The expected characteristics of composite equalized untreated/ raw effluent containing both industrial and domestic wastewater are given in following table: Table-5.4 (g) Characteristics of composite equalized untreated/ raw effluent Sl. Parameter Values 1. ph Total Suspended Solids, mg/l Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), mg/l Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD 3/27 C ), mg/l Oil & grease, mg/l The Common Effluent Treatment Plant would have following treatment units: Screen Chamber Oil cum grease removal traps Grit removal system/ pre-settlers Pump House-1 Equalization Tank Chemical house-chemical store, solution tanks & dosing pumps Flash mixing tanks Flocculation Tank Primary clarifier Aeration Tank Secondary clarifier Return Activated Sludge (RAS) Pump House-2 Sludge handling system-filter Press Tertiary Treatment Pump House-3 Dual Media Pressure Filters Wet sludge pit and Pump House-4 Dry Sludge Storage The treated effluent would meet the effluent discharge standards as shown in following table subject to compliance with following: The implementation of treatment scheme in totality (CETP units matching with sizes, shapes/ configuration as per the Technical Feasibility Report). Total daily discharge of untreated effluent (combined influent to CETP) does not exceed 10.5 MLD. Regular operation of plant Adequacy study of plant

195 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 185 of 210 Schematic Flow Diagram of Proposed Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) Reuse to meet horticulture & air conditioning demand Untreated effluent Bar Screens-1 & 2 Solid Waste Chemical house & panel room Oil & grease Traps with pre-settlers Pump House Recovered oil Filtrate Dosing Pumps Equalization Tank Chemical Dosing Flash Mixers-1,2,3 Disinfection Unit Flocculation Tank Primary Clarifier Wet sludge to sludge pit RAS Pumps Tertiary Treatment Aeration Tank Secondary Clarifier Treated Effluent storage & disposal to drain Filter Press Dry cake (storage & disposal)

196 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 186 of 210

197 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 187 of Storm Water Drainage

198 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 188 of 210 Table-5.4 (h) Effluent discharge standards for treated effluent Sl. Parameters Value 1. ph Total Suspended Solids, mg/l 100, max 3. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), mg/l 250, max 4. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD 3/27 C ), mg/l 30, max 5. Oil & grease, mg/l 10, max 6. Sulphates (as SO 4 ), mg/l 1000, max 7. Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l 2.0, max 8. Phenolic Compounds (as C 6 H 5 OH), mg/l 1.0, max Table-5.4 (i) Budget for CETP for proposed project Sl. Description Water Supply Source Generation (Internal) 40% Qty Rate Unit Amount (Rs) 1. Construction of CETP of 21 MLD capacity in 2 modules of 10.5 MLD each 1 st module with tertiary treatment ( ,25,00,000 MLD) 2 nd module without tertiary treatment 21,00,00,000 (10.5 MLD) Total 47,25,00,000 Add 1% QC/QA - 47,25,000 Add 1 % design & planning charges - 47,25,000 Total cost - 48,19,50, Storm water Management Storm water drainage scheme would be designed as per the guidelines laid in Manual of Sewerage issued by Ministry of Works & Housing, Govt. of India. To ensure the gravity flow of storm water, it is proposed that Covered rectangular drainage system has to be adopted for collection of storm water runoff from sectors instead of conventional covered pipe drains. The system will ensure gravity flow into master storm water system. Covered rectangular brick drains have been proposed on one side of all roads to ensure gravity flow of storm water into master storm water system. The anticipated storm water flow has to be calculated as under: The internal storm water drains will be designed for ¼ rainfall per hour per acre intensity. The main connecting trunk storm sewers will be designed at 1/8 rainfall per hour per acre. Commercial area will be designed at ¼ rainfall per hour/ acre. (a) Planning of internal drainage system The following factors would be taken into consideration for planning of the drainage system: The pattern & gradient of natural slope of the site, its extent and direction. The natural drainage system in the downstream area (outside the project area).

199 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 189 of 210 The road network system envisaged and finished level of roads. The runoff from units and other built up areas to lead into catch basin connected to branch drains along the access roads. These drains will take storm water into nearest lateral drains and then into trunk drains on main roads, which would eventually take the storm water into the natural system. The rain water from open spaces as well as from isolated places, would flow over the ground following the natural slope gradient and get into the nearest drain through the vertical grating. The total runoff would be about 190 cusecs. No. of recharge wells (as per design) shall be provided all along the major roads and as such the runoff during the normal rains shall get absorbed through these recharge wells. While during the peak intensity of rainfall, the drainage system would carry the surplus water to be pumped into Agra canal. (b) Design of drains The section of the drains will be rectangular in shape & brick masonry will be covered at top. (c) Location of drain & network The drains will be located near the carriageway along either side of all the roads, in case of roads having camber on both sides and on one side of road having camber on one side. Taking the advantage of road camber and embankments, the rainfall runoff from roads shall flow towards the drains. (d) Culverts (Storm water drains & road crossings) The crossing of storm water drains under the road, box & slabs culverts has been proposed. RCC slabs over brick masonry will be suggested for drain width upto 1.0 m. (e) Disposal of storm water Following measures would be adopted: The storm water will be carried towards sector-66. It is proposed to discharge the surplus storm water into the Agra canal after obtaining necessary permission from UP Irrigation Deptt. Alternatively, open trapezoidal lines channel is proposed to carry surplus water to river Yamuna in case permission is not granted by U.P Irrigation Deptt. It is proposed to construct about 115 Nos. recharge wells for ground water recharging.

200 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 190 of 210

201 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 191 of Rain Water Harvesting The rain water harvesting would be essential for the operational phase of proposed project because surface water would be inadequate to meet the water requirements of proposed project. Recharging would be done through pits, trenches, wells, shafts etc. Rooftop Rain Water Harvesting through trench with Recharge Well In areas where the surface soil is impervious and large quantities of roof water or surface runoff is available within a very short period of heavy rainfall, the use of trench/ pits is made to store the water in a filter media and subsequently recharge to ground water through specially constructed recharge wells. This techniques is ideally suited for area where permeable horizon is within 3 m below ground level. Recharge well of diameter is constructed to a depth of at least 3 to 5 m below the water level. Based on the lithology of the area well assembly is designed with slotted pipe against the shallow and deeper aquifer. A lateral trench of 1.5 to 3m width and 10 to 30 m length, depending upon the availability of water is constructed with the recharge well in the centre.

202 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 192 of 210 The number of recharge wells in the trench can be decided on the basis of water availability and local vertical permeability of the rocks. The trench should be backfilled with boulders, gravels and coarse sand to act as a filter media for the recharge wells. If the aquifer is available at greater depth say more than 20 m, a shallow shaft of 2 to 5 m diameter and 3-5 metres deep may be constructed depending upon availability of runoff. Inside the shaft a recharge well of mm dia is constructed for recharging the available water to the deeper aquifers. At the bottom of the shaft a filter media is provided to avoid choking of recharge well Parking in IMT Faridabad Due to the widespread development & exponential increase in the number of vehicles, parking problem has been witnessed at many places and it becomes a severe problem, if left unmanaged. Most of the parking is, in fact, being done on the road, which significantly reduces the carriageway width. Measures to be taken up by project proponent together with industrial associations, housing societies & other stakeholders to alleviate the problem, to some extent, would be as under: No encroachments on residential streets in the form of kitchen gardens/roadside private greens, large projections/ramps, etc. The road cross sections may be redesigned wherever possible to accommodate planned car parking along residential streets, and also to create more surface movement space. The RWAs will have to be called upon to participate in the process for addressing the parking problems in the residential areas. The Project Proponent would take adequate measures to address the parking problems. Details with regard to space allocated for parking in each sector are given in following table. Table-5.4 (j) Schedule of area Area allocated for multi level parking & open spaces, idle parking etc. Area in acre Sec-66 Sec-67 Sec-68 Sec-69 Sec-70 Sec-71 Agri Zone Total Net area planned Area under multi level parking Area under open spaces, idle parking, roads etc

203 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 193 of 210 Net Area Planned : acres Area under multi level parking : acres Area under open spaces, idle parking, etc. : acres Open spaces, idle parking, roads etc. 36% Multi level parking 1% Energy Management for proposed IMT at Faridabad The Renewable Energy Department, Haryana Government issued following order vide No. 22/52/05-5p dated 25 th June 2008 The use of compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFLs) and / or T-5 (28 watt) energy efficient tube lights and/ or Light Emitting Diode (LED) lamps shall be mandatory for all electricity consumers in industrial, commercial and institutional sectors having connected load of 30 KW or above. In all Central Government offices and Central Public Sector Undertaking institutions/ establishments located in the state of Haryana, the use of Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFLs) and/ or T-5 (28 Watt) energy efficient tube lights and/ or Light Emitting Diode (LED) lamps shall be mandatory. Mandatory use of Energy Efficient Street Lights It shall be mandatory that the street lighting in all existing and new colonies and urban areas notified by the Urban Local Bodies Department, Haryana Urban Development Authority, Haryana State Industrial and Infrastructure Development Corporation, housing complexes, colonies and townships developed by private/ semi government/ autonomous institutions shall use energy efficient street lighting fixtures using T-5 tube lights/ Light Emitting Diode (LED)

204 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 194 of 210 Lamps/ Low Pressure Sodium Vapour (LPSV)/ High Pressure Sodium Vapour (HPSV)/ Induction Arc Lamps. HSIIDC, Head Office, at Panchkula issued notice vide letter No. HSIIDC:IA:2009:5533 to 49 dated to all field offices to strictly comply with the mandatory requirements of The Renewable Energy Department, Haryana Government, in context to the use of Energy Efficient Lighting (CFL & T5) energy efficient tube lights and energy efficient street lights. The notification issued to field offices : (a) To replace all the incandescent lamps and 40W tubelights with conventional choke with CFL & T5-28W tube lights respectively. To replace all the old tube light street light fixtures with energy efficient street fixtures. Electrification Requirement : IMT Faridabad Sub-Station & Sector wise load estimations Table-5.4 (k) Sub-Station/ Sector wise loading details S/ Stn Sector Load (kw) Load (kva) Current (Amps) A 67 & Agri B C D E F G H Total Street Light Grand Total (b) Design & Proposal As per norms of HVPN/ DHBVN, for load above 63 MVA, the consumer has to provide 220 kv sub-station. Accordingly, it is proposed to provide a 220 kv sub-station with 2 Nos. transformers of rating 220/33 kv, 100 MVA each. This sub-station would be fed from 400/ 220 kv sub-station under erection at Nawada through a 220 kv line. The distance from Nawada substation to 220 kv sub-station at IMT Faridabad is approx. 5 km. The land required for the 220 kv sub-station would be 12 acres. It is also proposed to provide 33 kv double circuit ring main around the entire complex and 8 Nos. 33 kv sub-stations at various locations depending upon the load requirements. At each of the 33 kv sub-station, it is proposed to provide 2 Nos 10/12.5 MVA transformers further these would be the un-manned indoor sub-stations with provision of VCBs. The land requirement for these type of un-manned 33 kv sub-stations would be approx. 0.5 acre.

205 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 195 of 210 (c) Distribution System The distribution system is proposed as under: In the pockets of sector-68 & sector-69, where there is concentration of small plots measuring 450/ 900 m 2 and load requirement is mostly of LT category, it is proposed to make provision for 1000 KVA & 630 KVA distribution transformers & only under ground LT system. The composite LT & HT system is proposed in front of 0.5 acre plot while only HT over head system is proposed in the rest of area. The transformers for other common services should be separately provided for connections. The street lights shall be of LED & CFL fittings to economize power consumption. (d) Phasing for implementation The system is proposed to be laid in phases depending upon the requirements In the 1 st phase, it is proposed to lay the entire 33 kv, 11 kv & LT lines, but only 4 Nos. 33 kv sub-stations at the locations where there is load demand. Initially 33 kv independent line would be erected from 400 kv Nawada sub-station or nearby 33 kv sub-station under erection in sectors for feeding this load. The remaining 33 kv sub-stations would subsequently be added according to the load demand. The 220 kv sub-station at IMT would then be erected when the load requirements exceed 50 MVA (e) Street lighting As per notification issued by Govt. of Haryana vide ref. No. 22/52/05-5 dated & DHBVN circular No. D-35/2008 the use of CFL/T-28 Energy Efficient tube lights/ LED lamps shall be mandatory for all electricity consumed in industrial, institutional & commercial sectors having connected load of 30 kw or above. In this context, following proposal has been made: CFL & LED lights have been proposed on street lights consisting of 2 units of CFL of 36 watts each to economize power consumption. 80 watts LED lights have been proposed on 30 metre road on one side at a convenient distance as per design with 9 metre high steel tabular poles. 80 watts LED lamps have been proposed on 45 metre road in central verge at a convenient distance as per design with 11 metre high steel tubular poles. At road junctions also 80 watts LED lamps have been proposed. All street lighting shall be flexible non-metallic, suitable for direct burial, sized to suit wire sizes with a minimum of 50 mm diameter. Road crossing shall be indirect burial conduit. Phase wise circuits shall be maintained from pole to pole to ensure energy conservation i.e 1/3 of illumination can be switched off at a time.

206 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 196 of 210 (f) Mandatory use of Solar Water Heating Systems The Government of Haryana has issued following directions for efficient use of energy and its conservation in the State of Haryana vide notification No. 22/52/05-5P dated 29 th July (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) The use of solar water heating systems will be mandatory in the following categories of buildings namely: Industries where hot water is required for processing Hospitals and Nursing homes including Government hospitals Hotels, Motels and Banquet halls Housing complexes set up by Group Housing Societies/ Housing Boards All residential buildings built on a plot of size 500 square yards and above falling within the limits of municipal committees/ corporations and HUDA sectors. All Government buildings, residential schools, educational colleges, hostels, technical/ vocational education institutes, District Institutes of Education and Training, Tourism Complexes and Universities etc. Haryana Renewable Energy Development Agency will act as an approved source for supply and installation of solar water heating system in the state to ensure the installation of optimally designed quality systems as per the specifications. All the line departments like Town and Country Planning Dept, PWD, Housing Board, PHED, Architecture Dept. will amend their rules/ bye-laws within a period of two months from the date of issue of this order to make the use of solar water heating systems mandatory. These departments will also designate a district and a state level nodal officer to monitor and report the progress of enforcement of the State Government decisions to the Department of Renewable Energy on quarterly basis in the prescribed format. HSIIDC, Head Office, at Panchkula issued notice vide letter No. HSIIDC:IA:2006:392 dated to all field offices to strictly comply with the mandatory requirements of The Renewable Energy Department, Haryana Government, in context to the use of Solar Water Heating System in buildings. Following proposal has been made for the proposed IMT at Faridabad in above context: (g) All traffic signals to operate on the solar system. All public buildings for proposed IMT will have solar water heating system in accordance with rules in force. Energy Efficient Building Design Keeping in view the potential of energy conservation in the buildings by incorporating energy efficient and solar passive building design concepts, the Haryana Government has made it mandatory that all the new building to be constructed in Government/ Government aided sector will incorporate energy efficient building design concepts including renewable energy technologies with effect from

207 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 197 of 210 HSIIDC, Head Office, at Panchkula issued notice vide letter No. HSIIDC:IA:2006:2890 dated to all field offices thereby advising them to take appropriate action in context to the broad design guidelines for energy efficient buildings in Haryana. (h) Broad Design Guidelines for energy efficient buildings Sl. Design Parameter Recommendation Remarks 1. Orientation Long axis of the building along North-south orientation 2. Window to wall ratio 20-25% window to wall ratio on North & South orientation 10% window to wall ratio recommended on East & West orientation To maximize glazing percentage on North & South orientation and to minimize on East and West orientation. Glazing percentage suggested is enough to achieve recommended daylight level with minimum dissatisfied hours in a 6 m deep space away from opening. 3. External Shading For window ht 1200 mm : Window size Orientation Shading sizes Recommended glass Option-1 East/ West Horizontal projection Clear glass = 2300 mm North South Horizontal projection = 235 mm Horizontal projection = 650 mm Clear glass Clear glass Design Horizontal projection divided into louvers Horizontal projection or recess in the masonry Horizontal projection divided into louvers Remarks Most economical option. As per sun path analysis cuts direct radiation of critical hours specific to the orientation Window size Orientation Shading sizes Recommended glass Option-2 East/ West Horizontal projection = 1200 mm Glass with SC = 0.58 North Horizontal projection Glass with SC = = 1200 mm 0.67 South Horizontal projection Glass with SC = = 1200 mm 0.67 Option-3 East/ West Horizontal projection Glass with SC = = 600 mm 0.45 North Horizontal projection Glass with SC = = 600 mm 0.45 South Horizontal projection Glass with SC = = 600 mm 0.45 Option-4 East/ West No external shading Glass with SC = 0.29 North No external shading Glass with SC = 0.29 South No external shading Glass with SC = 0.29 Recommended SHGC by Energy Conservation Building Code Remarks 0.25 It is recommended to select glass with 0.25 suggested SC and highest light 0.25 transmission available

208 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 198 of 210 Non-air conditioned Spaces Design Parameters Recommendations Construction Remarks Wall alternatives Double brick cavity walls Internal plaster + single brick + air gap + single brick + external plaster No insulation required between the cavity Roof alternatives 1. Shaded + insulated roof with white china mosaic finish 2. Non air conditioned spaces below air conditioned spaces Internal plaster +concrete slab + 3 insulation & water proofing + tile finish Ground floor non-air conditioned comfort would be achieved through ceiling fans, while on the upper floors where roofs are exposed to direct solar radiation additional mechanical ventilation is required Glazing alternatives Single glazing 100% shaded by external shading devices Air-conditioned Spaces (i) Wall alternatives Design Parameters For both daytime and 24-hour occupied building Recommendations Construction Remarks Annual Energy Saving U-factor : Btu/hr ft 2 F (0.352 W/m 2 C) 1. Brick wall + 3 Extruded polystyrene Internal plaster + Single brick + insulation + External plaster Rs.975 / m % 2. Brick wall Rock wool Internal plaster + insulation + single brick + external plaster Rs.525 / m 2 3. Brick wall expanded polystyrene 4. Brick wall + 3 polyurethane/ polyisocyanurate spray Internal plaster + insulation + single brick + external plaster Brick wall + 3 polyurethane/ polyisocyanurate spray Rs.600 / m 2 Rs.1600 / m 2 (ii) Roof alternatives Design Parameters Recommendations Construction Remarks Annual Energy Saving For daytime (8- hour) occupied building 1. Roof insulation extruded polystyrene and reflective external surface 2. Roof insulation + 2 polyurethane spray and reflective external surface U-factor : Btu/hr ft 2 F (0.409 W/m 2 C) Internal plaster + concrete slab + water proofing + insulation + tile finish Internal plaster + concrete slab + water proofing + insulation + tile finish - - Rs.1100 / m % Rs.820 / m 2 -

209 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 199 of 210 Design Parameters Recommendations Construction Remarks Annual Energy Saving 3. Roof insulation perlite and reflective external surface 4. Roof insulation + 6 insuplast and reflective external surface For 24-hour occupied building 1. Roof insulation + 4 extruded polystyrene and reflective external surface 2. Roof insulation polyurethane spray and reflective external surface 3. Roof insulation perlite and reflective external surface Internal plaster + concrete slab + water proofing + insulation + tile finish Internal plaster + concrete slab + water proofing + insulation + tile finish U-factor : Btu/hr ft 2 F (0.261 W/m 2 C) Internal plaster + concrete slab + water proofing + insulation + tile finish Internal plaster + concrete slab + water proofing + insulation + tile finish Internal plaster + concrete slab + water proofing + insulation + tile finish Rs.570 / m 2 - Rs.608 / m % (iii) Glazing alternatives Sl. Recommendations Remarks Annual Energy Saving 1. U-factor : 0.56 Btu/hr ft 2 F (3.177 W/m 2 C) Solar heat gain coefficient : 0.25 Visible light transmittance : 50% - (i) Lighting System Building Component NBC standard for illumination ECBC standard for LPD Drawing boards General office Computer workstation Conference room Executive office Computer & data preparation rooms Drawing office general Filing Computer aided design & drafting Print rooms Public area Entrance hall Lobby atrium waiting rooms Canteen Dining rooms Rest rooms Circulation Lift Corridors Stairs (active) Ramps Interior parking area

210 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 200 of Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) Plan The aim of R&R plan is to minimize large-scale displacement, as far as possible. Only the minimum area of land commensurate with the purpose of the project may be acquired. Also, as far as possible, projects may be set up on wasteland, degraded land or un-irrigated land. Acquisition of agricultural land for non-agricultural use in the project may be kept to the minimum; multi-cropped land may be avoided to the extent possible for such 'purposes, and acquisition of irrigated land, if unavoidable, may be kept to the minimum. (a) Land Acquisition for Proposed Project In pursuance of the Government Notification No. 2/6/15-I-IB-II-06 dated , published in Government Gazette dated , u/s-4 of the Land Acquisition Act 1894 (hereinafter referred to as the Act) and declared vide notification No. 2/6/15-I-IB-II-06 dated , u/s-6 of the Land Acquisition Act 1894 thereinafter published in Government Gazette dated , the government acquired 1784 acres 0 kanal 2 marla of land in villages Chandwali- 86, Machgarh-83, Mujeri-81, Navada Tigaon-84, Unchagaon-76 & Sotai-73 of Ballabhgarh & Faridabad at public expense, for public purpose namely for the development of Industrial Model Township in Sector-66 to 69 of Faridabad district. The award of above said land was announced on , & by District Revenue Officer-cum-Land Acquisition Collector, Faridabad. A sum of Rs crores was paid through LAC as compensation to the owners of the land. HSIIDC has taken the physical possession of the above said land on , & The details of award announced in respect of above land of IMT Faridabad by DRO-cum-LAC, Faridabad vide his office letter Endst. 1-6, 7-12, 13-18, 19-24, 25-30, dated The proposed development of IMT at Faridabad would be in adherence with the Master Plan-2011 of Faridabad, issued by Dept. of Town & Country Planning, Haryana, copy of which has been enclosed in annexure. (b) R&R Policy for Proposed Project Area under R&R policy has been earmarked in sector-69 in which three plots with area 9.6 acre, 6.6 acre and 14.8 acre respectively are reserved for residential use under R&R policy and exchange programme of released structures/ properties. The State Government has formulated a path breaking policy for rehabilitation and resettlement of land owners whose land is acquired by the State Government. Under the policy the developers are liable to pay Rs.30,000/- per acre per annum with annual increase of Rs.1,000/- per acre for a period of 33 years for the land acquired for setting up of SEZ, Technology City and Park. In case of acquisition by the State Government, the payment shall be Rs.15,000/- per acre per annum with an annual increase of Rs.500/- per acre. After the issuance of R&R policy in December 2007, instructions has been issued to all the departments to pay royalty to the farmers as per R&R policy. In order to ensure that the payment is smoothly released to the landowners, it has been proposed that an annuity policy may be purchased from any Insurance Company or a Bank so that they can directly pay the annuity to the farmers for a period of 33 years. Meanwhile, in order to ensure that the farmers get the royalty as per the announcement, HSIIDC has requested the Land Acquisition Collectors of all the districts where the land has been acquired by HSIIDC after 5th March 2005 to release the money to the Landowners upto 31st March The process of disbursement of money to the landowners is in process. 5.5 Management Plan for Handling Emergencies An important element of mitigation is the emergency planning i.e. recognizing that accidents are possible, assessing the consequences of such accidents and deciding on the emergency procedure both onsite and offsite, which are to be implemented in the event of an emergency. Emergency planning is just one aspect of safety and can not be considered in isolation. In particular, it is not a substitute for maintaining good standards within plant operations. Before

211 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 201 of 210 starting to prepare the plan, plant management should ensure that the necessary standards and safety precautions are in place. Hence, the overall objectives of a Disaster Management Plan would be To localize the emergency and if possible, eliminate it. To minimize the effects of the accident on people and property. (a) Fire Fighting Measures In order to ensure effectiveness in management of fire hazard, following instructions could be envisaged by housing societies, project proponent and other stakeholders. Inform fire brigade in the event of major fire. Evacuate area and fight fire from a safe distance or protected location. Approach fire from upwind to avoid toxic decomposition products. Stop leak before attempting to stop the fire. If the leak cannot be stopped, and if there is no risk to the surrounding area, let the fire burn itself out. If the flames are extinguished without stopping the leak, vapors could form explosive mixtures with air and re-ignite. Water can extinguish the fire if used under favorable conditions and when hose streams are applied by experienced firefighters trained in fighting all types of flammable liquid fires. If possible, isolate materials not yet involved in the fire, and move these from fire area if this can be done without risk, and protect personnel. Fire-exposed material should be cooled by application of hose streams and this should begin as soon as possible (within the first several minutes). Water sprinklers can be used to dilute spills to nonflammable mixtures and flush spills away from ignition sources. (b) Do not enter in the area of fire without wearing specialized protective equipment suitable for the situation. Firefighter's normal protective equipment (Bunker Gear) may not provide adequate protection. Chemical resistant clothing (e.g. chemical splash suit) and positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (MSHA/NIOSH approved or equivalent) may be necessary. Emergency Plan Project proponent is suggested to envisage the Onsite Emergency Plan for the proposed IMT at Faridabad, to maintain the Environmental Health & Safety, to the best conditions with following salient features: Designation & responsibility for contingency management as well as emergency response system to be made known to each industry in the IMT and their employees. Standard operating procedure for handling for specific accident and emergency to be circulated among industries and individual industry will also make their on SOP in this regard. Effective co-ordination should be made with the outside agencies, such as fire Brigade, Civil, Defence Hospitals etc. Every person directly or indirectly to be involved with the proposed industrial estate should be made known about the safety procedures.

212 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 202 of 210 Safety Checklist should be made by individual industries of various emergencies and safety of equipment, to ensure effectiveness of the system in place. Full utilization of available resources, internal as well as external should be ensured for handling emergencies. A multi-disciplinary team should be formed to handle emergencies. Adequate protective equipment should be kept in the unit. Communication meeting dealing with safety would be held regularly among member industries. (c) Emergency Organization Project Proponent is suggested to set up Emergency Organization for management of disaster, if any occurred, during the operational phase of the proposed project. There will be the Crisis Coordinators from the members industries. A Chief Coordinator will ensure the functioning of organization structure during emergency. The Chief Coordinator will organize a team responsible for controlling the incidence with the personnel under his control. Emergency Coordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities like fire fighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential support services. For these purposes, Security In-charge, Personnel Department, Essential services personnel would be engaged. (d) Emergency Communication Communication is a significant factor in handling an emergency. Communication includes physical and administrative means by which information with respect to emergency can be rapidly disseminated for off site emergency response. These also include emergency response actions, which must be taken to protect health and safety of the personnel and the public. Without adequate communication, successful emergency planning cannot be exercised. (e) On- site Plan The on-site protective actions include. Notification of emergency to all the personnel within the industrial estate by siren or alarm or public address system Notification for evacuation of personnel by based on the extent of emergency. Examination of evacuees for injuries and / or exposure to hazardous material. Search and rescue operations for missing persons. (f) Off-site Areas In the event of a significant emergency condition potentially affecting off-site population, offsite authorities should be immediately notified in accordance with the emergency response procedures. Prompt off-site notification is essential for mitigating the emergency condition and minimization of any impact on personnel off-site, particularly in case of an emergency occurring along the pipeline corridor outside the pumping station 5.6 Post-Project Monitoring Present study for EIA/EMP has been carried out over a shorter period and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by natural or by human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring program of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objectives of monitoring, therefore, would be:

213 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 203 of 210 To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical; To ensure the efficiency of the controlling measures; To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, which do not become critical through the commissioning of new installations or through the modification in the operation of existing facilities; To check assumption made with regard to the development and to detect deviations in order to initiate necessary measures. Component of Environment Ambient Air Quality DG Set Emission & Noise Table-5.6 (a) Post-project Monitoring Schedule No. of Location Parameter Frequency 2-3 locations in project vicinity Each DG set in the Industrial area (at individual industry level) SO 2, NO x, PM 10, PM 2.5, CO, O 3, Pb, Benzene, Ammonia, Arsenic & Nickel Emission : PM, NOx, Sox, CO, HC Noise : Insertion Loss Two times in a year for 24 hrs As per the norms of Pollution Control Board (Consent Purpose) Ambient Level Noise 4-5 location in project vicinity L eq, L max, L min Two times in a year Drinking Water Wastewater (Before & after treatment at CETP & STP 4-5 locations: Supply Water Ground water RO system Softening Plants Two locations: Raw effluent Treated effluent) As per IS: ph, BOD, COD, TSS, Oil & Grease, Anionic Detergents Hazardous Waste 2-3 samples Complete characterization inclusive of toxicity, ignitability, reactivity & corrosivity Twice in a year Monitoring twice in a year Adequacy once in year Once in year Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during operation of the proposed project. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project and suitable mitigating steps could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficacy of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. The following routine monitoring program, would therefore be implemented. 5.7 Organizational hierarchy for management of Environment Major objectives are (i) Creation of a Environment Management Team under the leadership of Sr. Manager IA (ii) Reporting to Chief Engineer/General Manager on Monthly Basis (iii) Regular monitoring of Air, Water, Noise, Effluents, Solid Waste for compliance from HSPCB.

214 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 204 of 210 Sr. Manager (IA) EMP Incharge STP/WTP I/C Waste Management I/C Energy Management I/C Disaster Management I/C 5.8 Environmental Management Budget Environmental Management Budget for the IMT would be as under: Table-5.8 (a) Environmental Management Budget Sl. Purpose Cost (Rs) 1. Development of CETP Crores 2. Horticulture & Landscaping 7.5 Crores 3. Solid Waste Management 1.16 Crores Total O&M Cost/Annum inclusive of Environmental Monitoring; Solid Waste Management; CETP; Green Belt etc. 5.9 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Benefits Environmental Management Plan would help Project Proponent Crores Crores/Annum In prioritizing area as well as setting targets to address various environmental issues to achieve sustainable development in the area. In developing operating procedures /systems, which would lead to quicker dissemination of best practices and identification of corrective actions needs to be envisaged to meet environmental objectives and targets Project Benefits The project aims at development of Industrial Model Township at Faridabad, which would help in creation state-of-the-art industrial infrastructure in the district. The proposed project will facilitate in creation of employment opportunities both direct and indirect for local population. The project will help in the urban development by creating residential housing, providing all essential amenities in the IMT and hence the project will have immense benefit for social upliftment. The project also aims at development of better landscaping in the vicinity as well as creation of green belt in the area which would eventually helps in the improvement of visual and aesthetic quality of the area. With the implementation of the project, other utilities would also be created like development of road network, sewerage network, augmentation of water supply system & wastewater treatment, solidwaste collection facility, educational and health facilities etc. In nutshell, project aims at amelioration of the socio-economy of the areas as well as providing basic amenities to people.

215 Contract No. : HSIIDC: IA:2007:959 dt Page 205 of Purpose of Public Consultation 6.0 PUBLIC HEARING Public consultation is an integral part of project requiring prior EC. Public consultation is the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have reasonable stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained. The projects that comes in the Category A or B1, activities shall undertake Public Consultation as per the provisions of EIA notification 14 Sep The application was submitted to Haryana State Pollution Control Board by the PP alongwith the EIA report, executive summary in Hindi, and English for its wide circulation. Notice for Public Hearing as shown below was published in the Local and National News Papers for the for the information of General Public, stake holders, residents, villagers, panchayats, Industrial unit owners, educational institutions, NGO s, etc.